How To Build An Online Business Using Wordpress

In this video, I'm going to show you how to change your DNS or domain name server settings in godaddy.com. The first thing you need to do is put in your username and password to log in to your GD account. Once you are logged in to your GD account, scroll to the right and click on My Account. Then click on Domain Manager to manage your domain names.

Then click on the domain name that you want to modify. And in the domain name page, if you scroll down, you will see a section for nameservers. And by default, your nameservers will be the GD nameservers. So click on Set Nameservers.

And then all you need to do is put in the Nameserver 1 and Nameserver 2 as given by your web hosting provider, and then click on OK.

And then click on OK again. For nameserver changes to be effective, it could take up to 8 hours or more. So please wait a few hours, and then you should see that your domain name nameservers have been updated to the new DNS settings.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to change your DNS or domain name server settings in Namecheap. So the first thing that you want to do is put in your username and password to log in to your Namecheap account. When you are logged in to your Namecheap account, just enter your domain name here and then click on Modify.

On the Domain Name Settings page, look for the Domain Name Server Setup, and click on that link.

Then, as you can see here, please select Specify Custom DNS Servers and put in the 1st and 2nd
nameserver, which is the ns1 and ns2 servers, as given by your web hosting provider, and then click on Save Changes.

If you have entered the nameservers correctly, you should see a message here which says that 'Nameservers Updated Successfully.' So you may have to wait up to 8 hours for the settings to take place.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to install a free FTP application called FileZilla. An FTP application is used to transfer files to and from your web hosting acct.

So what you need to do is go to Google.com and type in FileZilla. And Google will automatically show you the best results, okay? So you can either click on the FileZilla main page here, or you can just click on the download link here. Then you'd want to select the most suitable version of FileZilla, depending on what type of operating system you're on.

So if you're on a Windows-based computer or laptop, then make sure you select the FileZilla application for Windows. And if you're on Linux or Mac OS, etc., there are also different versions of the FileZilla FTP software that you can download. So for Windows, there are 2 different versions, but I'm going to go for the recommended version, which is most probably the most stable version of the software, and just click on it to start downloading the FileZilla software. And then click on Save File.

Once the software has downloaded completely, then you can just double-click on the software title and icon itself, and you should get a message here that pops up, asking you to install the FileZilla application, alright? So I'm gonna click on Run.

And then I need to look at the license or agreement, and then click on I Agree, and select to either install FileZilla only for me or for all users. This is assuming, of course, that you have created different user profiles for your computer. And I'm just gonna select anyone who uses this computer, and click on Next.

Click on Next again, and then select the location that you want to install the software; by default, it will be installed under Program Files, and that's why I recommend that you install it. So just go with the default, and click on Next. And here, you can select the name of the folder that you want the software to be installed in. Again, you can just go with the default and click on Install.

And now that the software has been installed, make sure you check Start FileZilla now, and click on finish to start up the FileZilla application.

So, this is how the FileZilla software looks like, and you can use this software to connect your web hosting account to upload and download files to and from your web hosting account.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use the FileZilla or software application to successfully connect to your web hosting account and also how to start uploading files via the FileZilla application to your web space.

To connect to any web hosting account, you need to know the cPanel username and also the cPanel password. And once you have that information, connecting is very easy. All you need to do is, under Host, type in the host name of your web hosting account. And this usually starts with ftp, dot...yourdomainname.

Next, you need to put in your username and password. You may also notice that there is a section for "Port:", now, you can just leave this blank or, if there is any data in here, you can just leave it as it is, and in most cases, you do not need to specify anything for the Port information. And then, just click on Quickconnect. And you can see here the process that FileZilla actually goes through to connect to your web hosting account. So once it has successfully connected to your web hosting account, you'll be able to see all the files in your web hosting account.

Now, one common mistake that a lot of newbies make is that they just upload the files to the root folder of this web hosting account. What you should do is click on public_html or the www folder. This is the only folder that you should be uploading your files to.

So I'm gonna click on www...and immediately, here, you can see all the files that I already have in my web hosting account. So if I wanna upload a particular file to my web hosting account, I just need to locate that file in my computer using this left section here, and then select the file that I want to upload - for example, in this case, I'm gonna upload 'salesletter.html', and then I'm just going to right-click and select Upload.

And you can see here the process that happens; and also the progress bar at the bottom; so to double-check...okay? And now you can see that the file has been uploaded to my web hosting account. Now, if you wanna download a file, the same process applies, except now, you go to the right-hand section and right-click and select Download.

Now, since the saved file exists in both locations - your web hosting account and also your computer - you'll get a message like this that asks you what kind of action you want to take. Since the files are the same, you can either: overwrite the file; or overwrite if the source is newer; or overwrite if it's a different size; or overwrite if different size or source newer. Okay? Or you can just choose to skip the file. So be very careful when you are uploading or downloading the exact files in two different locations. You must make sure that you are always uploading or downloading the latest version. In this case, I'm just going to click on Overwrite and click on OK.

And now, the file has been successfully downloaded to my computer. So that's how easy it is to use the FileZilla FTP application to start uploading and downloading files to and from your web hosting account.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a profile for your websites in the FileZilla FTP application, so that you do not have to constantly add your host name, username, and password when you wanna connect to your web hosting account. Now, this is especially useful if you have multiple websites and web servers and different web hosting accounts.

So what you want to do is click on File, and click on Site Manager. Under Site Manager, click on new site, and then you can give your site a name. Under Host, make sure you enter the correct host name to your web hosting account. For the Port settings, you can leave it blank, and for the server type, you can leave it as File Transfer Protocol.

Next, go to the Logon Type, and by default, it's set at Anonymous, but you need to change it to Normal. And when you change it to Normal, you'll be asked to enter the username and password. Once you have entered the correct username and password, you need to click on Advanced, okay? And then this is a very important tip that you should do - to avoid making mistakes in the future, then make sure that you always connect to the correct remote directory.  In the previous video, I've showed you that the correct directory is either the public_html folder, or the www folder. So here, I'm going to type in the www folder, but make sure that you have a forward slash, and then enter www. Okay? And then you can click on Connect. But if you wanna make sure that whenever you connect to this particular web hosting account, you are always synchronized with your local directory or where the files are stored in your computer, then you can also click on Browse, and select the exact location or the folder where all your files are stored in your computer.

Now, when that's done, just click on Connect. Okay, so now, when you wanna connect to this website again, instead of having to enter the host name, and all the details...if you notice this little icon here for Site Manager, and if I click on the arrow, I'll be able to see the website that I just added. And by clicking on this, I will be able to immediately connect to my web hosting account. And you can add as many sites as you want to the File Manager to make it very easy for you to connect to multiple different sites, and in fact, in FileZilla, you can actually connect to multiple sites using the different tabs, as you can see here.

So all this just makes the process of using FileZilla very, very easy.

cPanel is perhaps the most popular web host management software out there. Now, there are several web management software that you can use to manage your web hosting account, but cPanel is not only the most popular but also the easiest to use.

Whenever you get new web hosting, make sure that your web hosting provider enables cPanel for your account. To access your cPanel account, you just need to type in your website address, followed by a slash, and then put in the word 'cpanel'. Using the cPanel username and password given by your web hosting provider, you can log in to your cPanel account. This is how cPanel looks like. Now, there are several different themes or styles for cPanel. So your actual cPanel account may look slightly different, but it should contain all similar features here.

Your cPanel account may also have custom modules or functions that are enabled by your web hosting provider. And also some of the arrangement of the icons here may be different. That's because in cPanel, it's very easy to just click, drag, and drop all the different functions to rearrange them however you want to. And you can also minimize or maximize the bars here to hide certain functions and to display other functions.

In the left section here, you'll be able to see the complete stats for your web hosting account, including your disk space usage, your monthly bandwidth transfer, email accounts, subdomains, etc.

So this is how cPanel looks like, and in the following videos, I will actually show you how to use all the functions of a cPanel account.

In this video I'm gonna show you how to create a new email account in cPanel. All you need to do is log in to your cPanel and click on 'email accounts'.

Then just enter the email name that you wanna use for this particular domain name. And then, of course, you need to put in your password twice. So if you do not have an idea of how to create a password, you can always use the password generator; click on Generate Password, and that actually gives you a password that you can use.

So I'm gonna close this; I'm gonna paste the password in here once, and I'm gonna paste the password in here again...okay? And finally, I need to select my mailbox quota. Now, since this is your own account, and this is your own cPanel account, you can actually set a higher quota if you want; or you can stick to the 250 MB quota by default created by cPanel. And then I'm just gonna click on Create Account.

Okay, so it says here that support@myactualurl.com has been created. And if I scroll down, I'll be able to see the new email address that I've created; my usage for this email address; and I can also change the password if I want to; and change the quota.

If you plan to access this new email address using a PC client, for example, Thunderbird or Microsoft Outlook, make sure you get the configuration settings. You can do that by clicking on More, and click on Configure Email Client.

And now, cPanel will give you the configuration settings for all kinds of applications. For example, Microsoft Outlook, Mac Mail, etc. So just find the one that you want to use, and click on that. But you can also see the manual settings down here that you can use with your email software.

So that's how easy it is to create new email accounts in cPanel.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to check your emails using the webmail function in cPanel. Before you use this feature, of course, you need to have first created at least one email account in cPanel.

To access your webmail, just click on the webmail link. Then click on Go to Webmail Login.

Your cPanel account may come with just one webmail service or several webmail services, as you see here. But in my opinion, almost all the webmail services provided by cPanel are quite similar. So you just need to select one that you want to use. And if you want to select this email service by default, the next time you access webmail, you can just click on Enable AutoLoad.

So for now, I'm gonna click on Read Mail Using Horde. And then I can select the language, and click on Log in. Now, I am logged in to my webmail account, and I can see that I have four mails, so I can actually click on the Inbox link to read my emails that I have received. If I want to send a new email message, I can just click on New Message, and here, I can compose the actual message. I just need to enter the email address that I want to send to, and put in the text content here, or if I wanna send the email in HTML, I can click on Switch to HTML Composition.

So this works very similar to almost any other type of email software that you've ever used. You can also save it as a draft, and you can also choose to attach certain files to your email.

Once you have created a new email address using cPanel, then, like almost any other email address, you would eventually start to get all kinds of spam messages. So in this video, I'm gonna show you how to use cPanel itself to eliminate most of the spam that you will end up getting.

When you log in to cPanel, under Mail, you should see a link for SpamAssassin. Just click on that link. And chances are, that by default, SpamAssassin is disabled in your cPanel account. So you need to click on Enable SpamAssassin.

And it says that SpamAssassin is now enabled. So click on Go Back.

Next, you can configure your SpamAssassin settings. If you look under Filters, there will be a certain score that you can select, and by default, cPanel would put the score at 5, which is actually the mid-range score. Now, if you put the figure here as 1, which is really, really low, you will end up getting most of the spam eventually, anyway. And if you put it as too high, you may even get some of legitimate email, or the email that you're expecting to receive, go into the spam queue. So I will recommend that you leave the spam score at 5.  

Now, by default, SpamAssassin will automatically delete any email that it has identified as spam. If you don't want this to happen, then click on Disable Auto-Delete Spam. Click on Go Back.

Now that you have disabled auto-deletion of spam, you may want to enable the spam box. So instead of automatically deleting any email that is identified as spam, now, the emails will be sent to a special spam folder in your webmail. And you can actually go through this spam folder and filter out any emails that are legitimate, and that you actually want to receive, and mark them as Not Spam.

So click on Enable Spam Box.

So that's how easy it is to start using SpamAssassin, which is a free feature in your cPanel account to limit or control the amount of spam that you may receive.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to create email auto responders using cPanel. Now, this email auto responder is pretty much similar to your out-of-office or on-vacation reply that you may set in your work email account or email system. So to get started, just click on Auto Responders. Next click on Add Auto Responder. And you can see here that there are several variables you can use to customize your email message.

So the first thing you need to do is select the interval. If you want this message to go out instantly, make sure you put '0 hours'. Next, put in the email address that you want to use as an auto responder. This could be an actual email address that you receive replies to and that you check; or it could be any email address that you want, as long as it is in the domain name that you are using.

Then, in the From field, make sure you enter your name, or your company name, or whoever you want as an identifier of the person sending the email.

Then, you can enter a subject. You can either enter a completely new subject, or you can just copy this variable here and paste it here. And you may want to add a prefix - for example, a reply - okay? "RE:" basically means "reply"...and then you can set the actual body or content of the auto responder email.

If you want the body to be in HTML, make sure you check the HTML option here. And if you want it to be in plain text, then just enter the text version of the content.

So here, I have gone ahead and entered the body of the email. And as you can see, I have used some of the variables here - for example, the "%from%" - and this will actually be replaced by the name of the person sending the email address to your email address account. And the same thing goes here. This variable ("%email%") will actually be converted to the actual email address that you received the email from.

So once you're satisfied with your message, click on Create or Modify. It says here the auto responder has been successfully created. So click on Go Back.

To test if the auto responder actually works, you need to send an email from any email address except for this email address; and you should receive an instantaneous reply with the subject of the email that you sent to. So for example, if you sent a new email to this email address, with the subject: 'test'...then you will get an automatic reply with the subject, 'RE: test'.

So that's how easy it is to create auto responder using cPanel.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to access the cPanel File Manager so that you can easily view, edit, or delete your files. So to do it, just log in to your cPanel account, and under Files, look for File Manager. When you click on the File Manager link, you'll probably see a pop-up message like this that asks you which root directory that you wanna access, so you can either access the Root www directory; the FTP Root; or the Document Root. So I will recommend that you just select the Web Root, which is the public_html/www.

And then make sure you also click on Show Hidden Files so that you can see certain files that are necessary for your account, especially if you're running some kind of content management system like WordPress, etc.

And if you do not want to see this message pop up again, make sure you click on 'Skip this question and always open this directory in the future when opening File Manager'. So for now, I'm gonna click on Go. And this will open up a new tab in your browser, and this is the File Manager for your web hosting account.

With the File Manager, you can easily add a new file; a new folder; you can copy files; you can move files; and you can also upload new files. So in this example, I'm gonna show you how to rename a file and also how to edit a file. So if you wanna rename a file, just look for the file that you want to rename, and click on that file, then click on Rename.

So here, you can see the current name of the file, and you can enter whatever name you want, and click on Rename File.

And now, you can see that the file has been renamed. So if you want to view the contents of this file and also to edit it, just click on the file again, and this time, click on Edit. Okay? And then click on Edit again.

And now, you'll be able to see the actual source code of this file so you can make whatever changes that you want to, and then click on Save Changes. Then, click on Go Back to File Manager.

There are also two different ways of editing your file. The first is to use the Code Editor and the second is to use the HTML Editor. So again, make sure that you have selected the file that you want to edit, click on Code Editor, click Edit again, and this time, you will see the actual content of the file in a proper HTML editor. And you can see that each line is identified, so you have the numbers of the lines here, and all the syntax or the codes are all color-coded. And if you scroll down, you can see that all the indent has been correctly done for you.

The other option, of course, is if you have no idea what to do with HTML, then you can just select the file, but this time, click on HTML editor, click on Edit, and you'll be able to see the actual file in a WYSIWYG or What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get format. So this is much more user-friendly, and you can actually make edits on this file the same as you would with a Microsoft Word or any other type of word processing document.

So that's how easy it is to get started with File Manager in cPanel.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use File Manager in cPanel to quickly compress files into a zipped file that you can download.

First thing you need to do is log in to cPanel and click on File Manager. Now, you can also download individual folders from your web hosting account using an FTP program. But you can also compress the file before downloading it, and that actually speeds up the download because instead of having to download multiple files, now you're only downloading a single zipped, or compressed, file.

So to compress a file, just select the folder that you want to compress, and then at the top, click on the Compress icon. You can compress the files into different file types. For example, you can compress it into a Zip archive, which is the most popular, or you can also compress it to a .Tar archive. Okay? So in most cases, I think you would just need to select Zip archive, and then you can also rename your zipped file if you don't want to use the default zipped file name. The just click on Compress Files.

When the compression has been completed, click on Close.

Now, when you refresh the file list, if you scroll down, you'll be able to see the new zipped file that you created earlier.

So to download this zipped file, you can just select the zipped file and click on Download. And then your download process would begin. You can also use the same feature in a File Manager to extract any zipped file that you upload to your web hosting account. So to show you how this works, I'm just gonna move this file to a different folder, and I'm going to go to that folder.

So now, you can see the test.zip file that I created earlier, and of course, here, you can see that there are no folders with the name, 'test'. So I'm gonna select this file, and this time, I'm gonna click on Extract. And I can choose where I want to extract the file to. Then, click on Extract Files, and when the process is done, you can click on Close.

So now, you can see the new folder here that is actually the contents of this zipped file.

So that's how easy it is to use File Manager in cPanel to compress and extract files.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use cPanel File Manager to change the permission settings for individual files. To do that, just log in to your cPanel account and click on File Manager, and then select the file that you wanna change the permissions to. Now, changing file permissions is very, very important especially when you're uploading a software script to be used in your web hosting account. File permissions basically control who can access the file and exactly what they can do with it. So for example, I'm gonna select this .htaccess file and then I'm gonna click on Change Permissions. Here I can change the file permissions to whatever I want. I can do that by just checking some of the checkboxes here.

So a permission of 777 basically means that you, the user, can read, write, and execute the files, and anyone else can also read, write, and execute the files.

Now, exactly what file permissions you need to set really depends on the purpose of the file, the type of software that you're trying to install, etc. But this is the basic process of changing file permissions, and you can also change file permissions for folders. To do that, just select the folder, and then click on Change Permissions. So you can see that the process is the same; check on the boxes here to determine what kind of permissions you want to give, and then click on Change Permissions.

So that's how easy it is to use File Manager to change permissions for individual files and also for folders.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to upload files to your web hosting account using the File Manager. So normally, you would upload files to your web hosting account using an FTP software. But if you don't have any FTP software available, then there's another way to do it using File Manager. Just log in to your cPanel account and click on File Manager. Make sure you select the correct root directory and make sure you check 'Show hidden files'. Click on Go.

So if you notice at the top section here, there will be an icon for Upload. Click on that icon, and there will open up basically the web-based FTP program that you can use to upload any file that you want. And now you can see that the upload process has started, and the upload process is completed. So now, my PDF file has been uploaded to the Root Directory. So if you wanna upload files to a specific folder instead, then make sure you go back to your cPanel File Manager and first select the folder that you want to upload to. And now, when you click on Upload, you will see that this upload function now helps you to upload directly to the folder that you selected. And the rest of the process is the same; just select the file that you want and cPanel will start to upload the file automatically to your web hosting account.

If you have already uploaded the file and now, you just want to change the location of the file, there are 2 ways to do it. The first is to select the file that you want to move, and then click on Move File. Then, you just need to type in the address or the folder name that you want to move it to. In this case, if I type "blog" and click on Move File, then the file will automatically be moved to the blog folder.

But I'm gonna show you an even easier way to do it. The first thing you need to do is expand the folder list here until you can see the folder that you want, but don't click on that folder. Make sure that you are in the current folder where the file is located, and then click on the file, then just drag it and drop it in the correct folder; and now, if I go to that folder, I'll see that the file has already been moved there.

So that's how easy it is to use cPanel File Manager to upload and move your files.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create new FTP accounts. Now, when you create your web hosting account with your web hosting provider, you will already be given the default FTP account that you can use to access your files and folders. However, if you want other people to work on your website, then it's highly recommended that you create a new FTP account just for them, so that when the work is completed, you can delete the FTP account that you created for them, and therefore make sure that there are no security loopholes and no one will be able to access the FTP or the folders on your website.

To create a new FTP account, just log in to your cPanel and click on FTP accounts. The first thing you need to do is give this new account a login ID. So if I'm gonna give this FTP account to a freelancer, I can just put in the username of 'freelancer' and assign a password; you can also click on Password Generator to automatically generate complex passwords; and if you notice, once I have created the login ID, cPanel will automatically suggest a folder that this FTP account can access.

So if you want this FTP account to be able to access every file in your web hosting account, then just make sure you only put in 'public_html'. If you want this FTP account to be able to access only specific folders or directories, then type in the folder name here. And you can see that as you start typing in, cPanel will automatically give you suggestions of existing folders or directories in your web hosting account. Then just select the folder that you want to give this FTP account access to, and if you want this FTP account to be able to only upload or download a certain number of files in terms of file size, then you can specify that here. Otherwise, just click on Unlimited, and click on Create FTP Account.

So it says here that "FTP account has been created". So if I scroll down, I'll be able to see the FTP login ID, and the specific folder that this FTP user can access, the usage or quota, and also I can change the password; and most importantly, when I no longer wanna use this FTP account, I can just click on Delete to delete the FTP account.

But you have to be very, very careful here. Do not, under any circumstances, choose to delete account and files, because that will actually delete any files that you have in the folder that you specified earlier. So be very careful - delete only the FTP accounts but not the files in the folder that the FTP account has access to. So just click on Delete Account to remove that FTP account earlier.

So using this method of FTP account creation, you can allow multiple people to access different parts of your web hosting account, while at the same time ensuring that your main FTP account and password is kept only for you.

In this video we're gonna take a look at cPanel again and see how we can use the cPanel Index Manager feature. Now, what a lot of website owners don't realize is that although they have a CMS or a Content Management System that WordPress installed into your home page, there are several folders in the web server itself that can be accessed publicly by almost anyone online. So this is really dangerous because people can actually see the contents of that folder and also download any files that you have in that folder and perhaps also access other important information that is stored in that folder - for example, your login password or credit card information.

Let me give you a very short example of exactly what I mean. Now, assuming that this is your actual website here, now, if you would just go to youractualurl.com, and type in...'images'...alright, so you just go to yourwebsitename.com/images, and you would be able to see the default images folder here, and any of the images that you've uploaded to the default images folder. Now, this is just one example; any other folder that you have in there as well can be accessed using the same methods. Now, if someone is familiar with web hosting and cybertechnology, then they will already know what are the folders that most people will not protect by default.

So to overcome this and to stop people from accessing your information, you need to login to your cPanel account, scroll to the bottom, there you would see Index Manager. So when you click on Index Manager, make sure you select Web Group and click on Show Hidden Files, then click on Go.

Then you can click on public_HTML, okay, and by default the system setting is to show any files that are inside folders. So I do not want to use default system settings. I want to select the second option here - no indexing - and then click on Save again. Okay, so it says "The index settings on /home.your server or your folder name, and /public_html/ has been updated". So if you set public_html to not show any indexes, then the same settings will be carried forward to any files inside public_html and also subfolders, etc., okay?

Alright, now let's go back to this exposed folder earlier - the images folder - and let's refresh the browser. Okay, so now you see, instead of showing the actual index or the contents of the folder, you would just see a message that says, "Forbidden: You don't have permission to access the /folder name/ on this server." So this is the easiest way to protect content and other sensitive information like files, passwords, etc, from prying eyes and from hackers online. So it's very important that you have a look at your website right now, and see if you have 'enable index manager' off, or if you have disabled it. And that's how easy it is to actually stop people from accessing information on your site that you don't want them to have access to.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create new MySQL databases using cPanel. Now, a MySQL database stores information regarding your website or your software program. So if you're installing, for example, WordPress, a forum software, or almost any other type of script or software, you'll be required to create a MySQL database.

To get started, just log in to your cPanel account, and if you scroll down under Databases, you'll see two links. The first is MySQL Databases and the second is MySQL Database Wizard. The first link, MySQL Databases, is useful if you already know how to create MySQL databases and you want to do it the manual way. But to make things much easier, I would recommend that you select the MySQL Database Wizard.

The first thing you need to do is give your database a name. So for example, if I am creating this database for my forum software, I would want to give it a name that is easy to recognize and to remember. Then click on Next Step. You will be asked to create a new database user and also to assign a password to this database user. So I'm just gonna create a database user with the name of admin, and give it a password and enter the password again. Of course, you can also use the password generator to generate a complex password.

Then, click on Create User. Next, you will be asked to select what privileges you want to assign to this new user. Now, since you are the owner of the software, then you'd want to make sure that you have all privileges, and then click on Next Step.

And it says here that the user admin2 was successfully added to the database forum2. So click on Return Home.

Now, if you scroll down and you click on MySQL Databases, you will be able to see all the databases in your account, and this is the database that I just created earlier. If you scroll down, you'll also be able to see all the users that you have created in your cPanel account, and you can assign also the users to any database you want. If you want to delete users, you can just delete them by clicking on the X icon here. And you can also do the same for databases. You can either click on the X icon here, or just click on Delete Database...and click on Delete Database again to actually delete your database.

But before you delete your database, make sure that the database is empty, or that you no longer want to use the database.

So that's how easy it is to create MySQL Databases using cPanel.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to protect folders in your web hosting account by assigning a password to it. Now, you may want to protect certain folders to allow access to only certain people who know the actual password. To do that, just log in to your cPanel account and if you scroll to the bottom...and if you scroll down, under Security, you'll be able to see a link that says 'Password Protect Directories'.

Click on that, and you'll be asked to select either the Web Root or the Document Root. Most cases, you can just leave it as the Web Root. And also click on Show Hidden Files. If you do not wanna see this message again, you can also check the option at the bottom. And then click on Go.

So here are several folders or directories in my web hosting account. The first thing you need to do is select the folder that you want to protect. So in this case, I'm gonna select the folder called "test". And then I'm gonna check on "Password protect this directory" and give the directory a name. And then click on Save. Next, click on Go Back. So this directory now has the password protection feature enabled to it. But you still need to create a username and a password that you can use to access this folder. So I'm gonna enter username of "admin"; the password; and then click on Add/modify authorized user.

So it says here that the user admin now has the password 'test'. Click on Go Back. And here, you can see all the users that you have. So you can actually add as many users as you want, and then you can also select the user and delete the user if you no longer want to allow that person access to this folder.

To see if your password-protected directories are actually working, just open a new tab and type in the URL to the directory. You should see a pop-up message like this that asks for the username and password. And then just enter the username and password that you created earlier, and click on OK.

So now, I am accessing the password-protected directory that I showed you earlier, but since I have no files in this directory, I will just be able to see the directory index.

So that's basically how you can password protect any directory in your web hosting account using cPanel.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create redirect links using cPanel. Now, there are two main reasons why you'd want to use a cPanel redirect. The first reason is to simply collect all your existing traffic that may be going to an outdated or a nonexistent page on your website, and to redirect that traffic into a more updated or recent page, and the same thing goes for any URL structures that you may have changed, and so on.

And the second reason is to redirect affiliate links. Now, there are several solutions out there that you can use to manage and redirect your affiliate links, but you can also do the same thing for free, using the cPanel account.

So the first thing you need to do is log in to cPanel, scroll to the bottom; there, you would see Domains, and then click on Redirects. So make sure you select the (301) Redirect, which is the permanent redirect. And then select your root domain…enter the page name, including the page extension here - for example, .html, or .php, and then enter the actual link that you want to redirect to.

Finally, make sure that you have selected to redirect with or without the www. And then click on Add.

So now, my redirect link has been created. So if I copy this link, paste it to my browser and hit enter, then it will automatically take me to Clickbank.com. However, this type of redirect is not suitable if you already have a WordPress blog, or any other type of content management or CMS system that gives us a .ht access file on the root of your domain.

So I'm gonna show you a simple way to overcome this limitation. Again, make sure you have selected a permanent (301) Redirect. But now, instead of using the root domain, for example, youractualurl.com, I have created a subdomain, and I'm gonna use the subdomain here. Okay? And I can either redirect the entire subdomain, or I can also add a file name, similar to what I did earlier.

And then I'm gonna select the actual URL to redirect to. And then make sure that you redirect with or without the www. Click on Add.

Okay, so it says, the redirect test.youractualurl.com/affiliate.html now redirects to www.clickbank.com. I'm going to click on Go Back, and if I scroll to the bottom here - okay, so I'll be able to see the true redirect links that I have just created. Now, what I'm gonna do is click on this link and open in a new tab, and I'm gonna show you what happens.

So here, you can see the redirect link that we've created earlier, and you can see that it automatically redirects to the URL that I specified before, which is www.clickbank.com.

So that's how you create cPanel redirects. It's a very simple, cost-effective, and easy way to direct traffic to your new or updated page or website, and also to manage and mask your affiliate links.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a new subdomain using cPanel. Subdomains are part of your primary domain, and in most cases, they are used for segmenting or splitting your primary domain into many different parts. For example, if you wanna have a forum in your website, you may choose to create a subdomain and call it Forum - therefore, your actual forum location will be forum.youractualurl.com.

To create a subdomain, just log in to your cPanel account and scroll to the bottom, under Domains, you should see a link for Subdomains. Click on that link. Then, you just need to enter your subdomain name. So going with the example above, I'm gonna create a subdomain name of Forum. And you can see that cPanel will automatically create a document root for this subdomain, which matches the subdomain that you created.

So if you want to use these subdomains, then you have to upload all your files to the Forum folder created by cPanel. Finally, just click on Create to create the actual subdomain.

It says here, "forum.youractualurl has been created"...click to go back, and here, you can view all the subdomains that are currently in your account. If you want to create a subdomain for the purpose of redirection, then once you have created the subdomain, you can click on Manage Redirection and enter the actual URL that you want to redirect the subdomain to.

If you want to remove subdomains, then you can just click on Remove, and then click on Delete Subdomain. So that's how you create and manage subdomains in your cPanel account.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to use the addon domains feature in cPanel. Using the addon domains feature, you can host multiple domain names in a single web hosting account.

So to get started, first, you need to log in to your cPanel account and then look for Addon Domains. Now, this is where you will enter your new addon domain. But before this feature can work, make sure that you have set the correct DNS server settings to the addon domain. Here, I'll show you an example of how to change your DNS settings using NameCheap. So once I'm logged in to NameCheap, I just need to find the domain name that I wanna use, and then click on Specify Custom Name Servers. Then, you just need to enter the same name servers that is used by your primary domain name for your web hosting account, and if you don't know what the name servers are, then please contact your web hosting company.

Once you have entered the correct name servers, then just click on Save Changes. When you change your domain name to a new DNS server or name server, it may take up to 24 hours for the name servers to be updated, depending on the place where you registered your domain name. So you may have to wait a while.

After a few hours, you may want to try again to use the addon domain name feature, so I'm gonna continue from where I stopped earlier. I'm just gonna put in the new domain name that I want to use...and now, cPanel will automatically suggest a subdomain or FTP username that I can use to upload files to this new addon domain. Now, since this addon domain is sharing the same web hosting account, therefore cPanel will also create a new document root with the domain name in the root.

Next, you just need to enter your password and then click on Add Domain.

And here, it says, "The addon domain has been successfully created." So now, I can click to go back, to see all the addon domains in my account, and I can see this addon domain here.

So to use an addon domain, you need to know the document root, and this is the document root given by cPanel, and also your FTP username and the FTP password. To connect to this addon domain and to upload files to it, you need to use the information here.

So that's how easy it is to add new domains as addon domains to your cPanel account.

In this video, we're gonna take a look at how to back up your entire cPanel account. Now, unlike any back-up plugins that you may be using on your WordPress blog, the cPanel backup actually backs up everything, not just your WordPress blog, your post and any images used in a WordPress blog, but also other folders that you have uploaded to your web hosting server, as well as email settings, the actual emails themselves, and other databases that you may have in your cPanel account.

So it's really a very complete solution to back up everything in your web hosting account, and to do this, just login to your cPanel account, and click on Backup Wizard; so since we want to back up our entire server, I'm just going to click on Backup, then you can select to back up the Home Directory, the MySQL Databases, the Email Forwarders & Filters, or, what I recommend that you do, is to use the Full Backup. So, I'm gonna click on Full Backup.

Next, you have to select a backup destination. This is basically where you want to dump or where you want to put your backup files. So if you have a remote FTP server, then you can choose the other options here, but the easiest way is to just send the backup information to your email address. So just send to your email address here and then click on Generate Backup.

Okay, so it says 'Full Backup in Progress...' Once the full backup of your account has been completed, you'll receive an email message to the address you specified. Okay, so this may take a very short time if your website is relatively new, or it could take a much longer time if you actually have a huge website with a lot of files, etc.

So, once you've received the email message, and then if you login to your cPanel account again, and you go to the Full Backup option that I've shown you earlier, basically to the same screen, you'd see now the actual backup file which is stored under zip folder, alright, using '.tar.gz', so this is the actual file and I can just right-click here, choose Save Link As...okay, and I can save it to my computer.

Okay, so, again, this backup file consists of every single item in your web hosting account including your WordPress blog, your WordPress plugins and themes, images, and other folders or files that you may have uploaded, as well as your email settings and also the actual emails themselves. This is the easiest way to do a complete backup of every single thing in your web hosting account.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to install WordPress automatically using cPanel and Fantastico. So log in to your web hosting account, cPanel admin area, as you see here, and look for the Fantastico De Luxe icon. If you do not have the Fantastico De Luxe icon over here, you should consult your web hosting company and ask them for the Fantastico service.

So click on this icon and the link over here, and that will bring you to the main Fantastico installer page, where you can see that there are all kinds of scripts that you can install to your web hosting account. However, what we need is the WordPress installer. So look at the blogs and click on WordPress.

Next, click on New Installation. So all you need to do to install your WordPress blog is to fill up this simple form over here. So first, choose the domain that you want to install this WordPress blog. So if you only have one domain, then only that particular domain will show up here. If you have subdomains, subdomains will also show up here and you can have add-on domains; of course, they will also show up here.

So select the domain that you want to use and then enter the installed directory. So if you want the WordPress blog to appear at the main root of your website, then you can just leave this blank. But in my case, I already have a blog on the root of my website, so I'm gonna install it in a new directory called Blog 2.

Next, enter the administrator username and administrator password. So this would be the username and password that you will use later to log in to the WordPress administrator dashboard.

Next, under base configuration, enter the admin nickname and then the admin email address. Next, put in your site name and give your site a description. Finally, click on Install WordPress.

On the confirmation screen, you will see the message that the MySQL dashboard and MySQL user will be created and used for this installation. Okay, so make sure that information is correct over here, and click on Finish Installation. Okay, so now, your WordPress blog has been installed, and you've been provided with the admin login URL. If you want this information over here to be sent to your email address, just enter your email address over here and click on Send Email.

So let's click on the admin login link that will open up in a new tab or a new window, and then enter the admin username and admin password that you have created earlier, and click on Log In. And now, you have successfully logged in to your new WordPress blog.

So that's how easy it is to install WordPress using cPanel and Fantastico.

In this video, I'm going to show you Step 1 of installing a WordPress blog manually. So in Step 1, I will show you how to download the WordPress software, unzip all the files, and then upload all the files to your web hosting account.

In Part 2 of the video, I'm going to show you how to create a MySQL dashboard and to set up the WordPress blog.

So to get started with the manual installation of WordPress, just go to wordpress.org, and right on the front page, you would see a link for Download WordPress and the latest version will be stated here. So click on this button, and you can read the Release Notes if you want, then click on Download WordPress Version. Okay, so this default download gives you a zipped file. However, you can also optionally download a different format of compression over here, but in most cases I think a zipped file will do.

So click on Download WordPress. And here, you can see the WordPress download process has started. So this may take a while, depending on your Internet connection speed; I'm just going to pause this video until the file has downloaded.

Once the file has been downloaded completely, then you can just open the file, and all zipped files will be handled by the default zip application in your computer. In this case, I actually have a more professional power archiver installed in my computer, but most computers will have a default application to handle zipped files. So what you need to do is look for the Extract button, and then extract these files to a location in your computer.

So in this case, I'm going to extract all the files to My Documents. Okay? And you can select an individual folder here if you want to, then click on Extract. Once the files have been extracted, you can browse through your computer and look for the files. It should be in a folder called WordPress. So if you click into that folder, you will see all the files that you need to upload to your web hosting account in order to install your WordPress blog.

Next, you need to install an FTP program, and if you do not already have one, you can get a free FTP called FileZilla. Just go to Google and type in FileZilla to download this free FTP application. Once you have installed the FTP application, you need to connect to your web hosting account. So all you need to do is put in ftp.yourdomainname...put in your cPanel username and also your cPanel password, and then click on Connect.

Once you have been connected to your web hosting account, you will see all the folders in your server in the right column here. And in the left column are all the folders in your computer. So all you need to do is locate the WordPress files that you have downloaded before, and this is the folder, so I'm gonna click through that folder, and on the right section here, make sure you click through to the public_html, or to www.folder, and if you want to install your WordPress blog to the default root location of your web hosting account, this is where you will upload the files. However, in this example, since I already have an existing WordPress blog here, I'm going to create a new folder, right-click, and choose Create Directory, and I'm going to call this Blog.

In this video, I'm going to explain Part 2 of installing a WordPress blog manually to your web hosting account. So in Part 1 of the video, I've shown you how to download the WordPress software and also how to upload all the files to your web hosting account using FTP. Once all your files have been uploaded, you should see that there is no longer any files in queue over here; it means all your files have been successfully uploaded to your web hosting account. So now what you need to do is log in to the cPanel for that particular account, just enter your cPanel username and password, then click on Log In. To make a WordPress blog work, you would need a MySQL dashboard. To create a MySQL dashboard, just scroll down your cPanel account and click on MySQL Dashboard Wizard. Give your new dashboard a name. I suggest calling it 'blog', or if you already have a dashboard called blog, you can call it blog2, or WordPress, or something meaningful. Then click on Next Step.

In the next step, you'll need to create a dashboard user. You can call this user Admin; you can even put your old name here; however, if you have multiple MySQL Dashboards, then the easiest way is just to create a username that matches the dashboard itself. And then enter a password, and enter the password again, and make sure that the strength indicator shows that your password is very strong, and then click on Create User.

Now your new user has been created, all you need to do is click on All Privileges to enable this user to access every single aspect and element of the dashboard, and then click on Next Step.

Now the MySQL Dashboard has been created, the user has also been created and added to the dashboard, so let's click 'Go back home'...now, click on MySQL Dashboards and you should be able to see the new dashboard that you've just created over here, and also the new user that you've just created. Click on the Home icon to go back to your main cPanel dashboard. Now click on File Manager. In the pop-up here, select Web Root, and make sure you also select Show Hidden Files. And click on Go.

Next, you need to find the location where you have installed your WordPress blog. So if you have installed your WordPress blog or if you have uploaded your WordPress blog to the root directory, then it should be directly under public_html. But in this example, I uploaded the file to a folder called Blogs, so I'm going to click through to that, and then look for the file called wp-config-sample. This is the configuration file for your WordPress blog. However, it is intentionally named as wp-config-sample; what we need to do is rename it to just wp-config. So click on the file here, and then click on the Rename Link on top. And rename this to just wp-config; click on Rename File.

Now that your file has been renamed, click on it again, and this time, click on Edit File. So these are the codes in your wp-config file that is required to set up your WordPress blog.

So first thing you need to do is enter the MySQL Dashboard name over here. Highlight the entire default selection here, and then type over it the name of your dashboard. And make sure that the dashboard name that you type in includes the prefix over the included ****4:41 web hosting account. If you're not sure, you can just go back to your cPanel and you can see that the prefix in this case is actual, and this really is your cPanel username. So we can just copy this...and paste it over here...and for the MySQL Dashboard username, you can also do the same. Finally, the MySQL Dashboard password that you have set for this particular user. Then if you scroll down, you'll notice that there are several authentication keys that you need to set up. This is optional but it will help to make your WordPress blog much more secure. So you can either just randomly type in some stuff here, or you can use the link given over here to automatically generate all the required keys. Just copy this location, open it up in a new browser window, just type it in, and you will get the authentication key that is randomly generated. So I'm gonna copy this, then I'm gonna go back to my file, and I'm going to select all the keys here and just paste over that.

Okay, so now, I'm good to go. All I need to do is click on Save Changes on top. And my wp-config file has been saved.

Now, open up a new browser window or new browser tab, and go to the location where you have installed your WordPress blog, and you will see a WordPress setup screen over here. So now we will set up the WordPress blog itself. Just give your site a title; select a username; by default, WordPress just uses Admin, but you can change this to anything you want. Make sure that usernames only have alphanumeric characters, spaces, underscores, hyphens, periods, and the symbol @. Okay? Everything else is not allowed as a username. Then enter your password once, and enter the password again for verification, and put in your admin email address. And finally, for privacy.

Now, in most cases you want your site to appear in search engines like Google, Technorati, etc., so make sure this is checked by default. If, for any reason, you want your blog to be private - and by private, I mean that the search engines will ignore it - then you can uncheck this option. Then click on Install WordPress.

Okay, so now, the WordPress blog has been installed, and you can see the username, password is hidden over here; click on Log In, which will take you to the administrator login page for your WordPress where you enter your WordPress admin username and your WordPress admin password, and then click on Log In.

And now, you get to your WordPress dashboard. So you have successfully installed a WordPress blog manually. And that's all for this video. Thank you.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to view the documentation for your WordPress software. So once you are logged in to your WordPress account, if you take a look at the top right-hand corner of your screen, you will see a section for Help. When you click Help, this is where you'll see all the built-in documentation for your WordPress account, with supporting links over here. So you can click on any of these items to view a very short description of what you can do on this particular page.

Now, you will see the Help screen all over the WordPress software itself, and is highly customized to the particular screen that you happen to be on at the moment. Let's click on Post, for example. Here, you will also see the Help screen, but when you click on this particular Help screen, you will see the documentation related to adding or managing your blog post only. So this is one of the easiest ways to understand how to use WordPress by using the default built-in documentation.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to clean up a new WordPress blog. Now, if you have just installed your WordPress blog, by default, WordPress would put in some filler content, comments, and links just so that your blog does not look empty. But it's important that you remove all these meaningless content as soon as possible.

So the first thing you'd want to do is log in to your WordPress dashboard and then you can go to Posts and click on View All Posts. So as you can see here, by default, WordPress would have inserted a post called, "Hello, World". Now, you can just delete this Hello, World post by clicking on Trash. Once you have deleted your post, if, for whatever reason you want to restore it, you can always click on Trash and restore the post.

Now, let's click on Links and View All Links. So what you can see here is the default WordPress websites which are inserted as links into your blog. Now, none of these sites actually matter to you so you can just click here to select all links, and then on the Bulk Actions, choose Delete, and click on Apply.

Now, you have deleted all the default links in your WordPress blog. That's how easy it is to clean up a new WordPress blog installation so that now you can add your own content, get your own comments, and also insert your own links.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to customize your WordPress permalinks. A permalink is basically the structure of your WordPress content URL, and, by changing permalinks, you can actually get better search engine rankings. To get started, just log in to your WordPress dashboard and scroll to the bottom. Under Settings, click on Permalinks. As you can see, the default WordPress permalink looks like this. So basically, WordPress would display your domain name and, for the individual blog post, this is what you see: ?P= and the number of the blog post. This is not very search engine-friendly. So you'll want to change it to something better, and WordPress will give you several options here so you can change it to Day and Name; and you can see the sample here. You can change it to Month and Name, as you can see here; or you can change it to Numeric. But what I like to do is just only use the blog post name only. So I'm gonna select Day and Name but I'm going to delete or gonna remove this entire section here...okay? So this is my custom structure.

Next, I'm gonna click on Save Changes. If you get a message from WordPress saying that "You should update your .htaccess now", it means that your permalink settings could not be updated, and this is very common if this is the first time you're doing your permalink update.

To solve this problem, just log in to your cPanel account for your WordPress blog, then click on File Manager. Select Web Root and make sure you check Show Hidden Files. Then click on Go. In your cPanel File Manager, look for the .htaccess file. If no such file exists, that's okay; that's pretty common if you installed this WordPress blog using Fantastico. What you can do is just create a new file by clicking on New File over here, and for new file name, just give it .htaccess. Right? ".htaccess", and then click on Create New File.

Now that your .htaccess file has been created, we are going to click on the file, select the file, then click on the Change Permissions link, and by default, it is 6-4-4, so we can change it to 7-7-7. All you need to do is check all the boxes here, then click on Change Permissions to update the file permissions for the .htaccess file.

Once you have corrected the file permissions, you can go back to the permalink settings in your WordPress blog, make sure you select the custom structure that you want, then click on Save Changes. This time, you would get a message that the permalink structure has been updated.

So that's how easy it is to change the permalink structure for your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to customize your WordPress dashboard. So once you are logged in to your WordPress account, there are a few things you can do to make your WordPress blog look the way you want it to look.

The first is to customize the amount of tabs that appear on your dashboard, and also to reorganize the tabs to however you want it to be. So click on Screen Options, and in this first section here shown onscreen, you can choose what modules that you want to display on your WordPress dashboard. And as you uncheck the modules, you can see that it disappears from the WordPress dashboard.

The next step is to select the number of columns. So by default, WordPress shows you 2 columns of modules, but you can change that to a single column if you want to, and you can see that the changes happen here in real time.  Now, if you are using a really wide monitor, you may prefer to put 4 columns and so on, and you can see the 4 columns here, all 3 columns...now you notice that the other 2 columns are empty, so the next step in customizing your WordPress dashboard is to reorganize your WordPress modules. To do that, just put your mouse over the header of the module, click it, and drag it to wherever you want it to be, and as you can see, the module background here turns a light gray, so that means that you can put the module here; you can also put it here; and then just let go. So you can do the same for all the other modules, and you can even move modules up or down to replace each other.

So once you're done with that, you can just click on Screen Options again to minimize that.

Now the 3rd step in customizing your WordPress dashboard is to click on Users, and then click on your Profile. So the first thing you'll notice here is the visual editor. You can disable the visual editor when writing, but I do not recommend that you check this option because the visual editor is really important and useful to you. The next thing you can customize is the admin color scheme. So by default in WordPress, there are just 2 color schemes - the gray color scheme and the blue color scheme. So let's select the blue color scheme, and then I'm going to go all the way to the bottom and click on Update Profile.

Now, you can see my WordPress color scheme has changed to the blue color scheme. And I can also change the admin bar settings. Now, the admin bar is simply a bar that appears on top whenever you are viewing your blog and when you are logged in. So you can choose to show the admin bar only when you are viewing the actual site, or you can also choose to show it while you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard. And then I'm going to scroll all the way to the bottom again, and click on Update Profile.

Now, you can see the admin bar over here, which is the exact same admin bar that you see whenever you are viewing your WordPress site.

So that's how easy it is to customize your WordPress dashboard.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a new blog post in WordPress. Once you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard, then the easiest way to create a draft post if you just want to jot down a quick idea that you have is to use the QuickPress function. Just enter the title of your blog post here, and some content; enter a tag; and then you can click on Save Draft, or you can publish the post directly.

The other way to create a blog post is to expand the post manager here, and then click on Add New. This is the default publishing interface for blog posts in WordPress. And you have two options - you can either maintain the graphic editor as it is over here, or you can go to full screen mode. To go to full screen mode, just click on Toggle Full Screen Mode. And now, as you can see, we are in full screen mode. So the full screen mode is for serious writing, as it eliminates all the distraction and all the background graphics, etc.; however, when you put your mouse over on top here, you would see the menu appear for the controls that allow you to format your blog posts. I'm gonna click on Exit Full Screen, and just show you the normal way of adding a new blog post.

So the first thing you'd want to do is give your blog post a title, and then enter some content, and if you notice here, there are two modes you can use. The default is the visual mode, and if you are not familiar with HTML or programming, I would recommend that you stick to the default mode. The default mode allows you to use WordPress the same way you would use Microsoft Word or any word publishing software. It is a WYSIWYG or "What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get" editor. So just highlight the content, and then you can bold the content, italicize it, you can even change the color of the text, and use some very basic formatting. If you want to paste over content for Microsoft Word, however, then you have to click on this icon, Paste from Word, and that will bring up a screen where you can paste the entire contents of your Microsoft Word blog post. The reason we do this is because when you have to type in a content in Microsoft Word, Microsoft Word will add in some additional characters that do not display well in a web-based version like WordPress. So you have to use this Paste-from-Word feature to remove those unnecessary characters or incompatible tags.

When you're done with your blog post, you can save a draft; however, as you will also notice, that WordPress will automatically save a draft for you every few seconds. If you wanna preview how your blog post looks like before publishing it, then you can click on Preview, and you can see exactly how your blog post is gonna look like in the current WordPress theme that you are using. When you are satisfied, then just click on Publish.

Now, your blog post has been published. There are several other tiny but useful features that we can address here. The first is that you can actually click and drag the text editing area so that you can see more of the content itself. And the second is Categories. So by default, any blog post that you publish will be put into the uncategorized category. However, you can, of course, assign it to single category or multiple categories, and you can also click on Add New Category to add a new category over here, and you can make it a top-level category or you can make it a trial category under an existing category, and then click on Add New Category. And here, you can see my new category has been added. And you can also put in post tags. Tags are basically keywords that describe this particular blog post. And then you can set a featured image. A featured image is very useful in some WordPress themes that will actually display the featured image next to the excerpt of your blog post in the home page. So when you click on Set Featured Image, you can select a file from your computer or from an external URL or, you can also select files or images in your media library that you have previously uploaded to your WordPress blog.

And once you're done, you can just click on Update to update the entire blog post.

And that's how easy it is to create a new blog post in WordPress.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a page in WordPress. Now, unlike a normal blog post, a page is quite separate by itself and will not appear on your home page. So to create a page, all you need to do is log in to your WordPress blog, go to the Pages menu, and expand the menu, and click on Add New Pages. The process of creating a page is pretty much similar to that of creating a new blog post. Just give your page a name and enter some content, and of course, you can modify that content by using the Editor here. You can bold the text, italicize, you can even change the text color, and do all kinds of formatting as you would do with an ordinary blog post.

However, the difference between a blog post and a page is that for a page, you can make it the parent page or make it a child of another page. So in this page, for example, I can select No Parent to make it a top-level page, or I can make it a subpage of downloads. And secondly, with a page, you can apply a specific template to that page only. So a lot of WordPress themes today come with not one basic template but several different templates. In this case, I'm using the default 2010 WordPress theme. So the 2010 WordPress theme comes with one additional template that I can use for my pages, which is a one-column, no-sidebar template. However, if you are using a premium theme, you may find many other templates here that you can use.

When you're done editing your page, you can just click Save Draft and you may also notice that WordPress will automatically save a draft for you every few seconds.

Now, with a page, you can choose to make the page public or you can choose to make it password-protected, in which case, you'll be required to enter a single password here. Or you can also select to make the page private. When you make a page private, it will not appear anywhere in your blog so to access the page, you have to remember the actual URL and type in the URL in your browser window to go to the page. In this example, I'm just gonna leave it as public and click OK, and you can also choose to publish this page immediately, or sometime in the future. As with a normal blog post, you can also enable the full-screen editor for your page. To do that, just toggle the full-screen mode icon here, and you'll be able to edit your page in the full-screen mode without the entire WordPress graphics and layout to interrupt your writing process. I'm going to click on Exit Full Screen and go back to the normal page editor here.

When you are satisfied with your page, then you can click on Publish to publish the actual page.

And that's how easy it is to create pages in WordPress.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use the status update feature in WordPress. To use this feature, make sure that you have the latest version of WordPress and also make sure that your theme supports all the latest features of WordPress, including post type or content formats.

So in this example I'm showing you the default WordPress 2011 Word theme. And, as you can see here, this theme supports all the latest content formats or content types. And one of those formats is the status update. So a status update, you can think of it as a Twitter update or a Facebook status update; it is the same concept. It appears above the regular content of your WordPress blog with your gravatar, and is usually most useful for announcements, news, and also just to update any kind of status you want without having to write a lengthy blog post.

To create a status update, just log in to your WordPress dashboard, go to Posts, and click on Add New Post. As usual, you just need to give your post a title, and also enter the content of your post, and since this is just a status update, you're going to leave it very short - one line, a single line, or maybe even a few lines; just not to the length of a normal blog post. Now, the most important thing is to select the post format. So instead of the regular standard format, we are going to select Status over here, and then click on Publish.

Now that your status update has been published, let's click on View Post to see how the status update will look like on a single page.

So on a single page, it looks pretty much like any other blog post, okay, you can see the title, the content over here, and also your visitors can leave a comment on your status update. However, on the home page, it looks very different. So let's refresh the home page...and here, you can see the status update that I just posted, with the picture or the gravatar that I am using.

So again, status updates are not really full-length blog posts as you can see below here; they are best used for announcements or short updates that you want to post on your WordPress blog, which is very similar to a Twitter post or a Facebook update.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use the new asides or asides feature in your WordPress blog. Now, to use this feature, you must have the latest installation or the latest version of WordPress, and you also should have a WordPress theme that supports multiple types of post formats; as per in this example, I am showing you the default 2011 WordPress theme.

So let me first explain the difference between the content types.

So when you post a regular article or a regular post to your WordPress blog, it will appear as below, with the title posted on the date, the comment, etc., and this is usually typically used for longer blog posts. However, you can also put in an aside, and this is the aside that I posted for this particular blog. So an aside is more like short excerpts or shorter posts, and they are displayed on your WordPress blog without a title.

As for the order of appearance, by default, the aside would appear before the actual blog post content themselves. So to create an aside, just log in to your WordPress dashboard, click on Add New Post, and as usual, just enter the title, and also the content. So remember, if you want to use aside, it's best used for shorter excerpts of content or to just put in some random thoughts; or you can also use asides to put in announcements or any other important information because they appear above all other blog content.

So I put in a test content over here...now, to change the format from a regular standard blog post to an aside, please look under the Format section here, and select Aside, then click on Publish. So once your aside has been published, you can click on View Post...and for the individual page, the aside will look pretty much like a regular blog post, with a title, the content of your aside here, and also the comment box at the bottom.

But let's look at the home page of your blog - so I'm gonna refresh this page, right? So the aside would appear here, okay? And you can see the previous aside I have here as well. So again, an aside is basically a shorter content for your WordPress blog that is not a full-length article, and the best way to use asides is for announcements, news, etc. and it really ties in to your WordPress blog along with status updates which are explained in a separate video.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a text link within your WordPress blog post and pages. To do that, just log in to your WordPress dashboard and go to Posts, and click on All Posts. If you have no existing posts, then of course, you can click on Add New. But in this example, I'm just gonna show you with an existing post, I'm gonna click on Edit, and now, I'm going to create our hyperlink. First, all you need to do is highlight the text that you want to hyperlink, and then click on the link icon here. Now, in WordPress, you can either link to a destination URL outside your blog, or you can even link to an existing post or existing page. If you want to link to an external URL, just enter the URL here and enter a title for the URL, and in most cases, since you are linking to an external site, you would want to open it in a new window or tab. And when you're done, click on Add Link. And you can use the same process to link to other pages or blog posts in your WordPress blog itself. All you need to do is, at the bottom here, select the blog post or page that you want to link to. So I'm gonna select this '8 Common Mistakes of Internet Marketers' and as you can see here, the URL of the blog post with the title will automatically appear in this section. And I can select to open in a new window tab or not, and then click on Add Link.

When you're done, just click on Update.

And that's how easy it is to create a hyperlink within your blog post or pages in WordPress.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to set featured image for your WordPress blog post. This feature is only available by default in the latest version of WordPress, so make sure you upgrade your WordPress installation.

Once you have logged in to your WordPress dashboard, now, click on All Posts...so, let's look at one of the posts that I have already published on my WordPress blog. And I'm gonna click on Edit...and I'm gonna scroll down...so in the right-hand section over here, you should see a link for Set Featured Image. Click on the set featured image link, and you can upload an image that you want to use as the default featured image for this post.

Once my image has been uploaded, okay, I can give it a description and a caption if I want to, or I can just leave it as blank and then I can click on Use as Featured Image.

Okay? Now that is done, then click on Save All Changes. Now you can close this window, and you should see the featured image has been put into this section here. Now, let's update the blog post. So once your post has been updated, let's double check, and you can see the featured image here. So where the featured image is displayed really depends on the type of WordPress theme that you are currently using. If you are using a magazine-style WordPress theme, then on the home page itself, you should see the featured image next to the blog post and blog content.

So that's basically it, and that's how easy it is to set a featured image for individual WordPress blog posts.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to create a list of links on your WordPress blog, also known as the blogroll. So I'm just gonna show you an example of a default fresh WordPress installation using the default WordPress theme. So what you're going to do is insert a list of links over here under the BR feature in WordPress. So the first thing you need to do is log in to your WordPress dashboard. Next, go to Links and click on All Links. Okay, so you may be able to see a list of all the default BR entries over here which are all links to the WordPress site.

So we want to create a new category and add in a couple of links into that category. So click on Link Categories, enter the category name, click on slug, and enter a category slug, and then you can enter a description of your category. Finally, click on Add New Link Category.

Okay, so you can see over here that the new category has been created. Now, we're going to add a couple of new links into this category. So click on Add New, and enter the link name. Next, enter the web address or web URL, and give this link a description. Most importantly, select the category that you want to assign this link to. So you can assign it to just one category or multiple categories over here. For this example, I'm just gonna assign it to the category I just created, which is the new category. Okay? And if you scroll down, there's some advanced options. Do you want this link to open in a new window or tab? If you do, then you can check "_blank"; if you want the link to open in the current window or tab, you can check "_top"; alright, and if you have no preference, you can just choose "_none."

Now, if you scroll to the bottom, there's some additional information that you can enter over here under Link Relationship, or XFN, and there's no real reason for you to put in any of the information over here so we're gonna skip that, okay, and next, we get to the advanced section where you can enter an image address, RSS address, and notes. Okay, so if perhaps you have an image or an icon for this particular link, you can put your complete URL to that icon over here, and if this link also has an RSS address, you can put an RSS address over here, and also notes. Finally, you can also give it a rating. Okay? But in most cases, you don't need to use all these things over here.

So you're just gonna scroll up, and click on Add Link. Okay, so now that the link has been added, now, we want to display a list of links in our blog's SB. So to do that, I'm going to go to Appearance, and then click on Widgets. So in the widgets screen, you will see the main SB over here, and you can just click to collapse or expand this particular section, and you can also see Showcase Sidebar, Footer Area One, Footer Area Two, and Footer Area Three. Now, the type of widgets and the number of widgets you see over here really depends on the type of WordPress theme that you're using.

So to display the link that we just created, I'm going to click on the links widget over here: click, drag, and drop it to the appropriate section over here. Okay. Now, that will open up the menu for the links widget, so I can choose to show all links, okay? And I can also choose to show a particular link from a certain category. So I'm gonna select New Category over here, which is the category I just created, and then I get to determine what aspects of the link I want to display. Show Link Image…you can check that; okay, however, since I have not entered any image, I'm going to remove that option, and Show Link Description - okay, you can show that; and also Show Link Rating, which we did not enter any rating, so I'm going to leave that unchecked, and click on Save.

Now, I'm gonna go back to the blog I showed you earlier, and I'm going to reload this page…so here, you'll be able to see the category I just created, and all links under that category, and I've chosen to display only the link and the link description, so that is what you see over here.

So that's how easy it is to start adding a list of links as BRs to your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to manage comments on your WordPress blog. There are several ways you can manage comments. The first way is when you log in to your WordPress dashboard, you should be able to see over here a list of unapproved or pending comments. So you can very easily, when you put your mouse over the comment, you will see a link to either approve, reply, edit, spam or trash the comment. So let's take an example of a "spam" comment. So if you are very sure that this comment is a spam comment, you can just click on Spam, and that will not only send this particular comment into the spam folder, but also block future comments from this particular commentor.

Now, let's take a look at a legitimate comment do you want to approve. So, when you put your mouse over here, you can just click on Approve to approve the comment.

The second way to approve comments, especially if you have a lot of comments, is to just go to the main comments page by clicking on the comments link over here. Here, you will be able to see all the comments on your blog, including the pending comments, the approved comments, spam comments, and comments that you have sent to the trash.

Now, the same thing here - when you put your mouse over this particular comment, you'll be able to see a link of options, so I'm going to spam this comment and I'm going to, for example, spam this comment also…I'm going to approve this comment, and that's how easy it is. You can go on and just approve the rest of the comments.

Now, if you want to reply to a comment, the easiest way is to reply directly from the WordPress dashboard itself. Now, when you put the mouse over a comment, then you just approve and click on Reply; that will open up the Reply Form at the bottom here. Now, you can just enter a reply, and you can also enter a link if necessary. Just click on the link button over here, and enter the link URL, and link title, for example. Okay, click on Add Link, and that will add the necessary code to your WordPress comment.

Next, click on Reply, and you have just sent a direct reply to this particular comment, and you can see that here: comment submitted time, in reply to this particular comment.

So you can go to the rest of the comments here to send it to spam, or to trash it, or to approve the comments.

Now let's go to the blog, and you can also manage comments by looking at your blog, alright, so in this case, there are 2 replies to my comment, okay? So this is the comment that I replied to, and as long as your WordPress theme supports nested comments, you will be able to see the main comment over here, and replies to that comment inside the main comment itself. Okay?

So I can also look at my WordPress blog post and edit a comment by clicking on Edit or reply to the comment by clicking on Reply, and enter my reply here and click on Post Comment.

So that's how easy it is to start managing comments on your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to control spam more effectively on your WordPress blog by having your own commenting policy. So first thing you need to do is log in to your WordPress dashboard, go to Settings, and click on Discussion. So if you look at the settings over here in this section here, by default, some options are selected, which is: "The comment author must fill out name and email." So that's very, very important to reduce spam. "The comment author must fill out the name and email address." Okay? Now, if you are accepting registrations on new users directly on your WordPress blog, you can also choose to enable this option here, which basically means only users who are registered and logged in can comment on your blog post. However, if your blog is open and anyone can comment, then do not check this option here. Okay?

Now, the next option is to automatically close comments on articles that are older than a certain amount of days. Now, we've noticed, very important, that you check this option and you may want to disable comments on…let's say, for example, any comment that is more than 3 months old, so we put 90 days over here. Now, this is because the older posts tend to generate more of spam comments. Okay?

However, this is really…it really depends on you so you may want to check or uncheck this, okay? Now, let's go to the section below here, okay? So you can choose to moderate comments before they appear live on your WordPress blog. This section here allows you to specify the exact rules of moderation, so you can choose to receive an email whenever anyone posts a comment or whenever a comment is held for moderation, or both of the options here.

So this really depends on how much you want to manage your comments, okay? By default, both these options are checked, you can uncheck them if you want to. Now…alright, so the next session here is the comment itself before a comment appears on your blog, okay. So an administrator must always approve the comment. Now if you check this option, it means all comments posted on your blog will not appear live until an admin has approved the comment. So you may not want to check this unless you are really, really serious about the type of comments left on your blog.

So the next option is "Comment author must have a previously approved comment." This is checked by default, and it's very, very important. Okay? This will help you eliminate most of the spam on your blog because spammers would just use some kind of tool or software to automatically post comments on your blog. As long as you have not approved a previous spam comment from that particular spammer, all comments by that spammer would enter your moderation queue. So make sure that you approve at least the first comment manually by any commentor on your blog, so make sure you check this option here.

Next, under Comment Moderation, you can also choose to moderate any comments that have a certain amt of links. So by default, WordPress will enter the 2 over here, which means that if a particular comment has 2 or more links, it will require manual approval from you regardless of whether the author has a previously approved comment or not. This is also very important in combating spam, as spammers tend to leave comments with multiple links in the comment itself.

In the text area here, if you know a particular name, URL, email, or IP address that belongs to a spammer, you may want to enter this here. And anything that you enter here will result in the comment being sent to the moderation queue.

And finally, under Comment Blacklist, okay, now this is also a very, very useful tool. Generally speaking, spammers would be promoting the same product or the same get-rich-quick scheme, etc. and once you have received several spam comments on your blog, you typically would be able to determine what are the spam words. So for example, I'm gonna enter "viagra" over here. Okay? So any comment that contains the word "viagra" would be automatically regarded as a spam comment. And you can enter as many words as you want. Just make sure that you enter one word per line, okay? Something like this…alright?  

Okay, so let's go to the bottom and click on Save Changes. Changes have been saved, and that's how easy it is to further control the amount of spam that you get on your blog by editing your comments policy.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to use images in your blog post and also in your blog pages.

So to get started, first, log in to your WordPress dashboard and let's take a look at the post that you have created before. If you haven't created a post, then you should create a new post. So I'm going to click on All Posts and I'm just gonna select one of the posts that I've created before. I'm gonna click on Edit, and now, I want to put in an image right here. So put your cursor exactly where you want your image to appear, then click on Upload/Insert. So that will bring you to the main WordPress file uploader. There are two ways you can upload images; either just click, drag, and drop the image right here, or you can click on Select Files. I'm gonna show you both methods.

So assume that I already have an image over here...I'm just going to click my image, drag it, and drop it over here...and you can see that the image has been uploaded to my WordPress blog. Or I can also click on Select Files. And then just choose the file that you want to use, click Open, and now you can see that that file also has been uploaded to my WordPress blog.

Now, to use the file in my post, click on Show, and you can rename the title of your image if you want to; you can select the alignment of the image to align it to the left, center right, or no alignment. And also you can select the size of the image that you want to use in this particular post.  

To format your images, make them look prettier, what you can do is just add a short caption, and then click Insert into Post. Now, what that does is it puts in your image here in a nice border, and also the caption of your image. If you wanna modify the image, just put your mouse over the image, click on it, and you will see two icons here - one is to delete the image, the other is to edit image properties.

So let's do that again, I'm gonna click on Edit Image Properties. Now, that will open up a new browser window here where I can again change the caption of my image, I can choose the size of the image, the alignment of the image, etc.

If you wanna use an image that is already in your WordPress blog, probably an image that you have uploaded before, then just go to the place where you wanna put the image, click on Upload/Insert, and this time, click on Gallery, and here you'll be able to see all the images that you have uploaded to your WordPress blog before.

So similarly, I can just click on the image, choose the size, click Insert into Post.

And now, my image also has been inserted into this post. So click Update, save your blog post, and now let's click View Post to view the actual post. And here you'll find the images that I have just inserted into my WordPress blog.

So that's how easy it is to upload and use images in your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to install WordPress plugins automatically from your WordPress dashboard. So to get started, just log in to your WordPress dashboard and click on Plugins, then click on Add New. So this is the main plugins installation page. Now, there are a few ways you can find an install WordPress plugins. If you look at the top section here, you can click on Featured to view all the featured WordPress plugins. You can click on Popular to view all the most popular WordPress plugins. This is very useful if you want to install some plugins but you really don't know where to get started. And you can also click on Newest or Recently Updated to view all the newest or most recently updated plugins.

Now, let's go back to the main Plugins Page by clicking on Add New again. Now, the other option is for you to enter a search term over here, and then search for the plugin that you want. So I'm going to click on SEO and hit Search Plugins. So here, based on your search term, you can see all the available WordPress plugins. Now, to install a WordPress plugin, just go to the plugin that you want to use and before installation of course, you can see the ratings for this plugin. So there are tons of WordPress plugins that are available from your WordPress dashboard, but of course you would only want to install the plugins that are working the best, and the only way to determine that is to view the number of ratings here, and you can see this plugin has 93 ratings, alright? And it's got 4 stars. So that's pretty OK. So, to view more details on the plugin, I can just click on Details...that opens up a new pop-up window over here, where I can view all the details about this plugin, including the version of WordPress that is supported by this plugin. So it's compatible up to 3.0.5. And I get a message here saying, "Warning: This plugin has not been tested with your current version of WordPress." So I probably don't wanna install this; I can close this box over here, and I can find a new plugin that I want to use, and click on Install Now. "Are you sure you want to install this plugin?" Click on OK.

And that's about it. If you are on a newer web hosting provider that has the latest version of PHP, etc., your plugin will be downloaded automatically from the plugin location; it will be unpacked automatically, and installed automatically. Now, if you are not on a more updated or recent web host, then you will probably see a form here that asks for your FTP information, so that's pretty tedious. So what you want to do is make sure you contact your web hosting provider and ask them to update their hardware to the latest version of PHP, etc. to make life much easier.

So once the plugin has been installed, click on Activate Plugin.

OK, so the plugin has been activated, and I'll be able to see it here - the SEO Ultimate Plugin that I have just installed, and I can always deactivate the plugin. I can also see the new features added by this particular plugin. So whenever you install a new plugin to WordPress, it will probably add a new module over here - in this case, it has added an entirely new SEO module with several option pages. If you do not find any new module over here, then your plugin settings page is probably under Settings, so you can click on Settings, and you can also view the SEO Ultimate settings page over here.

Now, if you do not find any plugins configuration page under settings, it could also probably be under Tools or under other sections of your WordPress dashboard.

So that's how easy it is to install new plugins automatically to your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to automatically update your WordPress plugins. So if there is any plugin that needs an update, when you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard, you would see the number of plugins here - in this case it's 1 plugin that requires an update. So you can just click on Install Plugins, and when you look at the list of plugins, you will be able to clearly see the plugins that require an update. In this case, there's the Akismet plugin, and it says here there's a new version of Akismet available, view Version 2.5.4 details; you can click on that to be taken to the Plugin page, where you can get more information about this new update, or click here to update automatically.

Then, to provide your FTP username and FTP password, which is the same as your cPanel username or cPanel password. Now, in some cases, depending on the setup of your web hosting account, you may not see this screen at all. But if you do, then just enter your FTP password over here, select regular FTP type, and click on Proceed.

And you'll be able to see the process that happens in the background while this plugin is being updated, and you get a message here - Plugin reactivated successfully - so click Return to Plugins page, and you will be able to see that this plugin now has been updated, so I'm using the latest version of the plugin.

So that's how easy it is to automatically update your WordPress plugins from within your WordPress dashboard.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to install WordPress plugins manually with FTP. So the first thing you need to do is go to wordpress.org and then click on Plugins, and here, search for the plugin that you want to install. So in this example, I'm gonna type SEO, and click on Search Plugins.

Next, click on the title of the plugin that you wanna install. I'm just going to click on the first result here: SEO Ultimate. On the Plugins page, you will see a brief overview of the plugin itself, and here, you can click on Screenshots to view some of the available screenshots, if they are provided by the plugin author. In this case, you can see all the screenshots available here.

Next, you may also want to check the compatibility of this WordPress plugin, as you can see from this section here, you can just select the WordPress version that you're using and check on the feedback of compatibility. Okay, and the minimum requirement for this plugin is clearly stated over here.

So to download this plugin, just click on the big download button here. And as you can see over here, the plugin is being saved to my computer. Once the plugin has been saved to my computer, I can just go to the location of the file...the file we just downloaded will be compiled into zipped format. So you need an application that will help you unzip this file. And in most cases, your default Windows - or even Mac operating systems - already have built-in software that can handle zipped files.

So just right-click and choose Extract Here...or any other command that is suitable for your computer to extract all the files; and now you get the complete unzipped files, which is basically a folder, and that folder will contain all the files necessary for this plugin to work.

Then you need to open up your FTP application, and in this case, I'm using the free FileZilla FTP application. So once you have connected to your web hosting account, you should see all your folders over here, and to manually install plugins, you need to click to the public_html or www folder, and then click into wp-content, and click to Plugins.

So this is where all the plugins would be saved for your WordPress blog regardless of if you have installed it automatically using the WordPress dashboard, or manually, as I'm gonna show you here.

So now, we have to upload the entire plugin. Before you upload the plugin, make sure that there are no nested folders. So in this case, I see the main folder here, and if I click into that folder, it should directly contain all the plugin files. Okay? Right-click and choose Upload. And you can see here the upload progress for this particular plugin, so it may take a while, depending on the plugin and exactly how many files are contained within the plugin itself, but you have to wait for the entire upload process to complete.

Okay, so now, my plugin has been uploaded entirely to my FTP account, now all you need to do is log in to your WordPress dashboard, go to plugins, and click on Installed Plugins. So in the Plugins list, you should see the plugin that you have just uploaded via FTP, and this is the plugin that I had just installed. So now, click on Activate to activate this plugin.

Okay, so now you get the message that the plugin has been activated. So that's how easy it is to manually install a WordPress plugin in to your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to automatically install new WordPress themes to your WordPress blog. Once you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard, go to Appearance and click on Themes. On the main page, you will be able to see your current theme as well as any other available installed themes in your WordPress blog. So to install new themes, click on Install themes. Now, all you need to do is find the WordPress theme that you want to install. And since there are thousands of WordPress themes available for free, you can use one of the links above here to view featured WordPress themes, or you can also view the newest WordPress themes, or you can click on Recently Updated to view all the recently updated WordPress themes.

So from what I can see here, alright...so, let's say I want to install this WordPress theme, before installing, I can click on Preview, and that will give me a preview of how this theme will look like once I've installed it to my blog.

So to install this theme, all I need to do is click on Install, and here you get a brief overview of the theme as well as the version, so if you're sure, just click on Install Now. You'll be asked to provide your FTP username and FTP password, which is the same as your cPanel username and cPanel password. Or, depending on your hosting account, you may not see the screen at all and it will happen automatically.

So if you see the screen, just enter your FTP password over here, select Regular FTP, and then click on Proceed. Here, you'll be able to see the background processes that happen when you install a new theme to your WordPress blog. All you need to do is wait for your automatic process to complete, and do not click anywhere else while the theme is being installed to your WordPress blog.

Once the theme has been installed, you can click on Activate if you want to activate the theme immediately. And here, you can see that my current theme now has been switched to the new WordPress theme that I Just uploaded.

Let's click on Install Themes again, and this time, we can search for themes either based on keywords, and you can just enter the term here and click Search, or if you have a particular method of choosing a WordPress theme, for example, you want the colors to match your corporate colors, or you can choose columns - 1 column, 2 columns, etc.; you can choose fixed width or flexible width; and you can also choose features if you want a particular feature for your WordPress theme.

So let's go by color. Let's say I want a silver theme. Okay, and all I'm gonna do is click on Silver, and I want the theme to have a theme options page. So let's click on Theme Options, and then click on Find Themes. Take note, however, that the keywords, for example, "silver" and "theme options", are all entered by the theme developers, so you may not get an exact match. For example, for the term "silver", I actually find a blog that looks more red than silver, and a blog that looks blue. So, however, you can just go to the theme that you want, and click on Install, and again, click on Install Now; enter your FTP username and password, and click on Proceed.

So now, the theme has been installed; let's click on Return to Theme Installer. And click on Manage Themes. So here, you can see the theme that I have just installed, but I have not yet activated this theme. So you can actually install as many themes as you want without activating it right away. You can just put it in your WordPress blog, then you can preview...and now, in the preview, since the WordPress theme has already been installed to your blog, you will actually be able to see a much better preview based on the actual content of your website.

And if you want to activate this theme, you can just click on Activate Theme Name over here, and the theme will be activated for your account. So click on Visit Site to view the new theme and how it looks like live for your WordPress blog.

So that's how easy it is to automatically install new WordPress themes to your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'll show you how to automatically upgrade your WordPress themes. Now, to see all the themes that are in your WordPress blog, just click on Appearance, and then click on Themes. So if there is a particular upgrade for a theme, then you should see a message here. It says: "There is a new version of Twenty Ten available. View Details or upgrade automatically." Okay? So if you have multiple themes that need to be upgraded, then instead of clicking on this link, you can also go to Dashboard, and under Updates, you'll be able to see all the themes that need to be updated. So just select the theme that you want to be updated, and click on Update Themes.

And then you'll probably see a screen like this that asks for your connection information. Make sure you put in your Hostname, FTP username, and FTP Password. Okay? If your web hosting is more up-to-date and they're using the latest PHP version and the latest software, etc., then you may not even see this theme and the entire process happens automatically. But if you do see this screen, make sure you enter 'ftp.' your domain name, and then your FTP username, password, and click on Proceed.

So if your theme has been updated successfully, then you should get a message here that the theme has been updated successfully, and there's a link for details...okay? So when you click on Details, it basically shows you what happens, or what happened earlier when you clicked on Update the Theme Automatically.

And then you can just return to Themes page to view all the themes in your WordPress account.

So that's how easy it is to upgrade a WordPress theme directly from your WordPress dashboard.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to manually install a WordPress theme. Now, although you can install WordPress themes automatically from the WordPress dashboard, in some cases, especially if you have just purchased a premium theme that is not available directly from the WordPress dashboard, you would need to install it manually. So in this example, I'm gonna show you with one of the free themes available, just go to wordpress.org, then click on Themes.

Now, there are literally thousands of themes in the WordPress directory. So you can browse through some of the themes available here. You can even type in a search term to find the exact theme that you want. In this case, I'm just going to go for the first theme over here. Click on the theme title, and here you have the theme listing page, where you can get a brief overview of the theme itself. Next, you can see the version of the theme and the last update for this particular theme.

So if you wanna take a look at how this theme would probably look like on your blog, you can click on Preview, and WordPress would give you a very generic preview, showing you how the theme works. The content, of course, is not your blog content, okay...so let's close this. Now, to download the theme, click on Download. And the download process has started. This may take a while, depending on the size of the theme. Once the download is complete, all you need to do is locate the zipped file on your computer, and a zipped file is basically a compressed collection of all the files, and by default, you should have a built-in application in either Windows operating system or Mac operating system that would let you decompress these files. So just right-click and click on Extract Here...so we're actually using a different software, okay, but there are other options for you to extract the files, depending on your operating system.

So once you have extracted the theme files, you'll find a full list here that contains all the necessary files to make this theme work.

Next, you need to open up your FTP application and connect to your FTP account. Once you've connected, look for the www or public_html folder, click in to that folder, then click in to wp-content, and finally click in to the Themes folder. So this is where all your theme files will be stored, regardless of whether you have installed the theme automatically via the WordPress dashboard, or manually , as I'm going to show you here.

So, before uploading any theme, make sure that the theme itself does not contain nested folders. So in this case, the main folder is "coraline", and it directly contains all the theme files. So make sure it's not nested, and then right-click and select Upload. So here you can see the upload process. This may take a while depending on the size of the theme itself. I'm gonna pause this video while the theme uploads.

Once the upload process has been completed, log in to your WordPress dashboard, go to Appearance, and click on Themes. So here, you can see all the available themes in a WordPress blog, including the current theme that you are using. So this is the theme that I have just uploaded via FTP. Now, I can click on Preview and actually preview this theme based on the actual contents of my blog. So if everything looks okay, you can just close this window and click on Activate to activate the WordPress theme. So you see a message here, "New theme activated. This theme sports widgets..." etc., etc.   

So that's how easy it is to manually install a WordPress theme to your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create custom menus for your WordPress blog. Now, by default, WordPress would display in the top navigation section, your home page, followed by the WordPress pages in your WordPress blog. However, you can customize this navigation to anything that you want using the custom menus option.

To get started, just log in to your WordPress dashboard and under Appearance, click on Menus. The first thing you want to do is create a new menu by giving it a name. So I'm gonna call it Main Navigation and these are the links that I want to appear in the Main Navigation section of my WordPress blog, and click on Create Menu. Your custom menu can consist of custom links - for example, links to your other websites or link to other important websites, pages, and also categories.

So I'm gonna start with categories. Just select the category that you want to display in your custom menu, then click on Add to Menu. And you'll see that the category has already appeared as part of our custom menu. Now I'm gonna select some of the pages in this WordPress blog, so I'm gonna select this page - click Add to Menu. And the page has been added to my menu.

Finally, I'm also gonna add some custom links here. Just enter the URL of the link, and then give it a label, then click on Add to Menu.

So now we have 3 items in our menu. However, I can rearrange the order of these links. So for example, if I wanted the Google link to appear first, I can just click on that, drag it, and drop it on top. If I want to select a particular link as a sublink or a submenu, I can just click it, drag it, and just move it to the right a bit until, as you can see here, it's slightly indented, and I will just drop it here.

So now, this would appear as a submenu of the main menu, Google. Now, I'm gonna click on Save Menu to save my changes...okay? And to put it as the primary navigation under Theme Locations, select the primary menu as the new menu that you've just created, and click on Save.

Now, I'm going to refresh this blog to show you the changes. This is how the menu used to look like; and this is my new menu. So if I put my mouse over the new menu, I'll be able to see also the submenus that I have put as part of these new main navigation links.

That's how easy it is to create your own custom menu, and you can create as many different menus as you want to display on the main navigation area. You can also display it in the sidebar area using widgets, and also in your footer area, also using WordPress widgets.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how you can very easily customize the appearance of your WordPress theme using the Live Editor. Now, this Live Editor is only available in WordPress versions 3.4 and above, so make sure that you have upgraded the WordPress blog.

Now, to get started, just log in to your WordPress blog's dashboard, go to Appearance, click on Themes. For all themes that already support the Live Editor, you will see a link her that says Customize. Okay? And you can only customize your currently active theme. So click on Customize, and that will bring up the really cool, new live preview editor. What it means basically is that you can see in real-time all the changes that you make to your WordPress blog theme on the right.

So this is the default look of the theme. Okay, so you can switch between themes over here, and you can choose a different theme if you want to, okay?

Next, let's look at Site Title & Tagline. Now, the properties here can also be edited through your WordPress Settings page, so you can always edit here, or you can edit on the Settings page; you can choose to display header text or not, and as you can see, the changes are instant, live changes....okay?

Now, let's go to Colors. So you can choose to modify the header text color to any color that you want, and you can also choose the default color to any color that you want as well.

Okay, now let's go to Header Image. Now, for our header image, you can select the random default image settings, which is what I set in my WordPress blog's settings page. Okay? However, I can upload a new one here, or I can choose from the available default images. So let me click on this image here, and you'll see the live changes appear on my blog. Okay?

And next is Background Image. So the background image is the section that appears in the black area here, okay...so you can select an image, or you can just leave the background as a pure, solid color. And then Static Front Page. So you can choose to display your latest post, or you can choose to display a static page whereby you need to choose the front page, and you need to assign all your blog posts to a separate page.

Okay, so let's see the changes here. So if I want to change it back to the typical blog layout, I'll just go to - click on your latest post, okay? Now, click Save and Publish to save and publish your changes.

So that's how easy it is to customize the appearance of your WordPress blog theme.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use WordPress widgets for your WordPress blog. Now, first let's take a look at how the default blog with the default theme would look like after you have installed it. So as you can see here, this is the sidebar section, and this is the default information that appears in the sidebar. However, you can customize this to anything that you want using WordPress widgets. You can also use WordPress widgets to customize the footer area.

To get started with WordPress widgets, just log in to your WordPress dashboard, put your mouse on Appearance, and then click on widgets. On the left, you'll be able to see all the available WordPress widgets, and on the right, you'll be able to see all the available widget areas where you can place these widgets. So to place a widget, just click on the widget that you want to use, hold on your mouse button, drag this entire thing, and drop it to the widget area over here. As soon as you do that, the widget will open up with whatever options that are available for this particular widget.

So I'm just going to put in some other widgets over here, and you can always minimize those widgets, and to rearrange the order of the widgets, just click, hold, and change the position of the widgets and it will be automatically reorganized on your blog.

Now, there are many WordPress widget areas, and they would normally be labeled, for example, Footer Area 1, Area 2, and Area 3. So let's put some widgets in Footer Area 2. We're gonna grab the Links widget, and Footer Area 3...I'm going to put in the Recent Comments widget; again, you can use the settings here to give the widget a different title other than the default title. And, for example, in this widget, I can also choose the number of comments to show; I can just put it to 10, and click on Save, and it will be automatically updated.

So once you have placed the widgets in the correct positions, let's refresh this theme to take a look at the sidebar area. And this is the default sidebar area before I put in the widgets, and now, you can see the WordPress widgets that appear according to the order that I want them to appear, as well as in the footer area, you can see the widgets that I have just inserted into the footer area.

To remove a widget that you no longer want to use, just maximize the widget, and you can either click on Delete, which will delete any data or customization that you have entered for this particular widget, or if you want to use this widget later on but you just want to temporarily deactivate it, what you do is click, drag it, and drop it in the Inactive widgets column. That way, you can still customize the data here and, when you want to reuse the widget, just drag it and drop it to the new position.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to enable and use the Akismet plugin to control comment spam on your blog. So when you install WordPress, the Akismet plugin will be installed by default along with your WordPress blog. To find it, just go to plugins, and click on Install Plugins. And right on top, you'll be able to see the Akismet plugin. So let's click on Activate to activate the plugin. Once the plugin has been activated, you will see a message here: "Akismet is almost ready. You must enter your Akismet API key for it to work." So click on the link, enter your Akismet API key.

So this is where you enter your Akismet API key. But first, you need to get a key. So you could click on "Get your key" over here - you will be taken to the Akismet website, and then when you click on "Get an Akismet API key", what you will see are paid options for the Akismet key. Okay? In fact, there is an option here - a free option - for personal blogs. If you click on that, then you will be asked to provide your contact information and also some payment information, etc. You can actually change this by dragging it to zero and then the credit card information will be gone, but you still need to enter your first name, last name, email address and so on, to get your free Akismet key. Once you have filled up the form, just click on Continue, and you'll get a message here saying that your Akismet subscription is now active and the Akismet key has been sent to your email address.

So in your email Inbox, look for the Akismet key. Click on the email, and you will see your Akismet key over here. So what we're gonna do is just copy the Akismet key, then go back to our WordPress blog and paste the Akismet key over here. Also check the 'Auto-delete spam submitted on posts more than a month old', although you may not have any comments yet, but you can just check this option, and then also check 'Show the number of comments you've approved beside each comment author.' Okay? Then click on Update Options.

Now, your options have been saved, and the Akismet plugin is active on your WordPress blog. At any time, you can always see the stages of the various Akismet servers to see if the Akismet servers are online to check and monitor comment spam on your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you some simple but extremely effective ways to further eliminate unwanted spam from your WordPress blog. Now, of course, you should have the Akismet WordPress plugin installed, and that would get rid of most of the obvious spam. However, there are many other types of spam as well that would not necessarily be solved by having the Akismet plugin. So the easiest way to do it is to go to Settings and click on Discussion.

Now, under Discussion settings, if you scroll down, you'll see some options here that can actually help you to eliminate a lot of spam. The first is to email you whenever anyone posts a comment or when a comment is held for moderation. Now, this really depends on how actively you wanna be involved in the process of approving comments on your blog. So if you wanna be really, really involved, then make sure that you check the option to alert you whenever anyone posts a comment. Now, if you don't want to be that particular about the comments, then you can just uncheck this and just leave the next option as Enabled, to email you whenever a comment is held for moderation.

Now, right below that, you can actually specify how and when a comment should be held in moderation. Okay? Now, easiest way to do this is to make sure that the comment author must have a previously approved comment. So if someone is commenting on your blog for the first time, then WordPress will look at the person's email address and determine that this email address had never left a comment before, and therefore the comment will be held for moderation, and therefore you will receive an email when that comment is posted.

Okay, and if you wanna be more strict about it, you can also choose to alert you whenever someone posts a comment and every comment must be approved by you, okay? So again, it really depends on how much time you want to spend doing all these things.

Next under comment moderation, you can hold a comment in the queue if it contains a certain amount of links. Now, this is a very obvious telltale sign of spammers; especially those types of spammers that probably would get through the automatic spam detection like Akismet. A lot of people like to leave links to their own websites as a signature in their comments. So if you don't want this, okay, so you can put the amount of links that is allowed. For example, by default, it is two. So if someone posts a comment and in their comment, they have posted more than two links, then that comment will be held in moderation.

And right below that, you can actually specify the words, email address, or IP address to look out for. And anything you specify here will mean that the comment will be entered into the moderation queue as well.

Right below that, you have the Comment Blacklist. Now, this is really useful for you to automatically mark certain comments as spam. For example, unless your blog is about Viagra, then it's obvious that anyone posting a comment with the keyword Viagra in it is gonna be obvious spam. Okay? So you can put that in here, and you can expand this list as time goes on; alright, and then you can scroll down; click on Save Changes.

Okay, so just by enabling some of the settings here, you can make sure that your blog is 100% spam-free. Of course, you have the Akismet spam plugin, and now, with these additional settings here, you would make sure that any of the smarter, or not obvious, spam comments that get past or get through Akismet actually end up in the moderation queue and will only show up on your blog once you have moderated the comment.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to install a simple contact form for your WordPress blog. Once you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard, go to plugins and click on Add New. So there are literally hundreds of different contact form plugins available for WordPress; however, the one that we're going to install is called contact form 7. So just type in contact form 7 over here, and click on Search Plugins.

So this is the plugin that we wanna install, and as you can see, it's a very popular plugin with tons of ratings. Click on Install Now, click on OK, and then proceed to enter your FTP information if required, and click on Proceed to install the plugin automatically. Once the plugin has been installed, click on Activate Plugin. Once the contact form plugin has been activated, you should see a new menu item here, Contact. So click on that. Okay...so by default, the plugin would have already generated a contact form for you, and all you need to do is copy and paste this code in your WordPress post or page, okay? So you can also check some of the variables here, especially the email address that you want to use, and also the message body over here. Okay?

Alright, so let's just highlight the entire thing here, and copy this code. Now, let's assume we want to paste this contact form into a page that says Contact Us. So I'm just gonna add a new page, and this page, I'm gonna call it Contact Us...okay? And over here, I'm going to paste in the code that I have copied earlier. However, we'll make sure that you are in the HTML mode, and the way it's switched is by using the options over here. If you see the icons here, you are in visual mode, and you can't paste codes in the visual mode, so switch to HTML mode. Now, paste the code over here...alright? And click on Save Draft. Once your draft has been saved, you can click on Preview to view this page, and you should see the contact form appear over here.

So that's how easy it is to install the contact form 7 WordPress plugin to your WordPress blog. In the next video, I will show you how you can further customize the contact form by adding in different fields, etc.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how you can further customize your contact form on your WordPress blog. So in the previous video, I have shown you how to generate a contact form - a very basic contact form, like this - using the contact form 7 plugin for WordPress. So the basic contact form would contain the name, email address, subject, and also the message that the sender wants to send to you via email. However, if you are using the same contact form for the purposes of providing support, etc., you may want additional fields in a contact form.

So there are 2 ways to do this - you can either ignore the default contact form and add a new form by clicking on Add New or Copy over here, which will actually generate a new form with all the basic setup information as you see in the default contact form.

However, in this example, I'm just going to use the existing contact form that I have already placed on my WordPress page, and all I'm gonna do is show you how to add new fields to your contact form. So as you can see here, the name, email address, subject, message, and the Send button. Okay? But let's say you wanna allow your readers to upload a file. So you can select File Upload, and if you want to make an upload required, you can click on Yes, 'Required field?' Then comes a field name, you can give it an ID, optional; and class, optional; if you know advanced CSS, then you actually have preferences on how to style your contact form.

Now comes the file size limit, okay...so you can specify a limit over here, and if you do not, then all file sizes are accepted. If you only want to accept specific file types, you can enter that over here. So now, all I have to do is copy this code and paste it to the correct section. Now, of course the Submit button has to be the last element in your form, so I'm going to put the File Upload field just before the Submit button over here. Okay? And you can also add in the paragraph's text if you want to...okay? But for now, I'm just going to save this file. So I'm gonna go up here, click Save, and I'm gonna show you the changes...so this is how the form used to look like, and once I refresh the page, now you see the new option to choose a file attachment.

Now, let's try another one. Let's say for example you want to add a department or categories to your contact form. So that would involve either chat boxes, radio buttons, or drop-down menus. Okay? So let's just select 'drop-down menu' for now...and under Choices, I can actually put in the categories or the departments, okay? Alright, and separate each one; make sure each department or choice over here is on a separate line. And if you want to allow the user to select multiple selections, you can check this, and if you want to install a blank item as the first option, you can check this also, okay? If you do not insert a blank item, then Sales, or the first choice you enter here will be selected as default.

Okay, so now, same...okay? I'm going to copy this...and I'm going to put it just before the Subject line. Paste...okay, and I'm gonna click Save. Okay, now let's preview the form again, and it should appear right before this subject line.

Okay, so now, you can see the Department over here by default; the first choice is selected, and you can continue to customize your contact form however you want. So that's how easy it is to create a really functional and really specific contact form using the contact form 7 plugin for WordPress.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to add new users to your WordPress blog. To get started, just log in to your WordPress dashboard, go to Users, and click on Add New. All you need to do is fill up this form. Enter the new user name, the email address of the user, the first name, last name, and these other required fields, as well as the password, which you need to enter twice. Website is optional; if you do know the website, please enter that here. Once you have entered the information here, click on 'Send this password to the new user by email.'

Now, one of the most important things when adding a new user is to determine the role or the access level of the user. So you can select the access level over here. You can either enable this new user as a subscriber, as an administrator, an editor, an author, or a contributor. As a Subscriber, they will only be able to log in to your WordPress blog and view all the latest posts, but they will not see all the other options over here that you can see as an Administrator. As an Author, they would be able to create new blog posts but they will not be able to publish that blog post until it has been approved by an Editor or the Administrator.

So make sure you select the correct access level over here, and when you're done, you can click on Add New User. However, if you want to enable an open registration for your blog, then it would not make sense to add a new user manually, especially if you're talking about adding a couple of hundred users.

So to enable mass registrations for your blog, go to Settings and click on General. Now here, make sure you check the membership options so that anyone can register for your WordPress blog. And then select the New User Default Role. So by default, all new registrations will be having the access role of Subscribers, and you can always go in and edit an individual user to upgrade them to the different levels. So go to the bottom and click on Save Changes.

Now that you have enabled the Open Membership function, you can just give the registration link to any potential new subscribers or members to your WordPress blog. All you need to do is send your visitors to the registration page, which is pretty much standard. It is at yourURL.com/wp-register.php. And then you will be redirected to a screen that looks like this, but it says 'Register for this site'. And the user can then choose their own username and enter their email address to register for your WordPress blog.

So that's how easy it is to start adding new users to your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to install an audio player on your WordPress blog so that you can play back mp3 files or your podcasts easily. Now, the first thing you need to do is go to Plugins, click on Add New. Then, just type in audio player, click on Search Plugins. So there are several different audio player plugins that you can choose from, but the one that is most popular and has been around for some time is the one that is simply just called 'Audio Player.' Okay? So I'm gonna click on Install Now, and then I need to put in, of course, my FTP digits. Then I can just click on Proceed.

Once the plugin has been installed, just click on Activate Plugin to activate the Audio Player. Okay, so now the Audio Player plugin has been installed and activated on my WordPress blog. So to find the Audio Player, you can just click on Settings, and click on Audio Player. Now, what you need to do is, if you scroll down, so you'll be able to see the default audio folder location. Okay? So this is just a suggestion. If you do not want to create a folder called Audio and upload all your mp3 files there, then you can just click on Custom, okay? Custom location, and then just put in the actual location of the mp3 folder. In most cases, you'd want to use a custom location if the mp3s are actually on a different site other than the site where you just installed the WordPress blog. But if you don't want to mess around with the FTP and uploading of files, then there is an easier way to start displaying mp3 files on your blog. This is to use the default WordPress file or media manager. So you can just go to Media, and click on Add New. And in this particular blog, the maximum upload file size is 8 MB. However, this could be different for your Web hosting provider; they may have set a different upload file size limit, etc. In most cases, it would be 2 MB. So again, if your mp3 files are bigger than that, then you may want to just upload it via FTP to the folder, and specify your custom location.

Alright, so in this case, I'm just gonna try to show you how it works, like, with a very, very small mp3 file. So I'm just gonna click on Select Files, and then I'm gonna select one of my introduction music, okay? I'm just gonna click on this…and you can see that your file has already started the upload process.

Okay, so now that the mp3 file has been uploaded successfully and WordPress has extracted it, it's an mp3 file, so I can actually click on Show here, to get the complete location of the file.

Alright, so what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna copy this file. And then I'm going to go to the WordPress post to select one of the previous sample posts that I put in here; okay, I'm gonna select this one, and click on Edit. Now that we are on the actual WordPress post, if you wanna put the audio in, first thing you need to do is select exactly where you want the audio to be. Okay? So for example, alright, I want the audio to be at the bottom, so I'm gonna put a cursor here, and then if you notice, on the Upload and Insert, there will be an mp3 icon that says Add Audio. So I'm just gonna click on that Add Audio…okay. Since you have already uploaded the files, you can just go to Media Library and then you can locate the audio file, click on Show, and if you notice the actual URL here, you can click on Audio Player and that would insert the proper syntax, or the proper code, as you can see here, that you need to make this mp3 file playable on your WordPress blog. And then just click on Insert into Post.

Okay? So let me resize that…alright. So now, you can see the actual codes have been added here, and I'm gonna click on Update. Now that the post has been updated, let's click on View Post…okay, so this is the actual post, and I'm gonna scroll down, and here, you can see the actual audio player. Alright? So all you need to do is click on Play…okay.

So that's how easy it is to add streaming mp3 files or audio files to your WordPress blog using the Audio Player plugin.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to further customize your audio player for WordPress. So once you have installed the audio player plugin, then all you need to do is go to Settings and click on Audio Player. Then, just click on Display, okay? So you can see the default audio player, okay, in this case, I have modified it a little, but you'll be able to see a default audio player. Now, the first thing that you can do is you can edit the rate of the audio player itself. Now, by default, the audio player is already okay, but for example, if you want to put this audio player mostly in your blog's sidebar, then you may want to edit the width of the audio player to match your blog's sidebar width. Okay?

So you can actually customize every single element of this audio player. All you need to do is select the element that you want to customize, and then…okay. Let's, for example, select 'left background'. So this is the left background, okay? So I can either put in the color code or the hex code that I want if I know the exact hex code to put in, or I can just select a color…okay? So let's put a blue color here, so I can just select the color, and you can see that the color has been changed. Okay? Now, if you continue to modify the color of each - or individual elements here, then your audio player could actually end up looking worse off than it was. So an easier way to do this is to just click from your theme to pick some of the recommended colors for the audio player itself. Okay?

And now, let's go to the Right background, again, I can click from theme…and I can customize this. Now, let's go to the text itself. Okay, or the progress bar…okay, and this is the default value for the progress bar. I can select from theme, I can customize the progress bar, okay? You can see the changes here. I'm gonna put in a blue color…okay. And then, I can also customize the volume control, for example, alright? So you can see the changes here. Now, once I'm satisfied with the changes, I can click on Save Changes.

Okay, so I'm going to go back to Display, click on Display…you can see my new layout, or my new color scheme here, alright? Now, there are certain options that you can mess around with. Again, this really depends on how you want the audio player to interact with your blog. By default, if you remember the video earlier, the audio player appears in a very compact position, or compact mode. And it only stretches out and displays the full audio player like this when you click on the Play button, alright? But you may want to disable that animation, and you can do that by just clicking on Disable Animation here.

And then you can also show the remaining time. This is very, very useful if you are playing a very long mp3 file or a podcast file, so you may want to let your subscribers or your blog visitors know exactly how much time there is left for that particular podcast. And then you can just click on Save Changes.

Now, another very important setting to edit is the Feed options. So if you click on Feed options, by default, the custom alternate content just displays the text here.

Alright, so let me explain what happens here. The audio player will only show up on your WordPress blog. It will not show up in your RSS feed. So therefore, if you have a significant amount of people actually reading your RSS feed, instead of visiting your blog, then you may want to enable them to download the mp3 link directly - in that case, you can just select Download Link, alright? So in the RSS feed, they are able to see the mp3 link and they can download it and listen to it on their computer or the iTunes player, or whatever. But if you want them to visit your actual blog post and play the streaming audio, then you select Nothing, and then you can just edit the text that you want to put in here.

So when you are done with that, click on Save Changes. Okay, so that's how easy it is to customize your audio player to match the appearance of your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to use gravatars for your WordPress blog. Now what is a gravatar? A gravatar is simply a global avatar, or an avatar that you can use anywhere on any website. It is tied up to your email address. Now, if you have a new WordPress blog, and when you log in to your WordPress blog, you'll probably see the default blank image here, which means you don't have a gravatar yet.

So let's get a gravatar so that your image will show up here and also on any blog that you leave a comment with the same email address. To get a gravatar, just go to Gravatar.org and you will see the gravatar website over here. Click on Get Your Gravatar Today. Then enter your primary email address or the email address that you use most often into this field here, and click on Signup. Now, every gravatar you create is tied up to a particular email address. But just until your primary email address, and later after you've created your account, you will be able to add additional email addresses to the same account to use the same image as your gravatar.

So since I already have a gravatar, I'm just going to click on Login, and I'm gonna log in to my account here…okay, and as you can see, I already have an image associated with my gravatar. Okay? And it shows here that this is my primary email address which cannot be deleted. However, I can always change the image that I want to use for my gravatar. Okay, so if I have multiple images, all those images will show up here. In this case, I only have a single image.

So I'm gonna click on Add New Image just to show you how to upload a new gravatar. Now, you can upload an image from your computer's hard drive, or you can choose an image on the Internet as long as you have the URL or the location of the image. You can also choose to add the image from a webcam attached to your computer or a previously uploaded image.

So let's take the easiest example. It's just to upload an image from my computer's hard drive. So I'm gonna click my computer's hard drive. Then, I'm gonna click on Choose file to select the file I want to use. So I have a list of images on my computer, and I'm gonna go through those images, okay...so let's say, for example, I wanna use this image, and I'm gonna click on Open, and click on Next. In the next screen, you'll be asked to resize and crop your image according to the standard gravatar format. So you can just move the crop screen over here, and you can also put your mouse on the edges of the crop area, and you can resize it accordingly. Okay? And if you notice, gravatar will show you the small preview as well as the large preview for your actual gravatar. And once you are satisfied, go to the bottom, click on Crop and Finish. Finally, you'll be asked to select a rating for your gravatar image. So unless you uploaded a pornographic or obscene image, in most cases, you'll just select Rated G. So just give them Rated G, and now, your gravatar has been uploaded to Gravatar.org, and you can start using your gravatar everywhere on the Internet, as long as you type in a comment, this email address, your gravatar will appear.

So now, let's go back to your WordPress blog, and I'm gonna click on Users, go to My Profile; previously, I changed my email address to something else just to show you how a default WordPress would look like without your gravatar. And now, I'm gonna change it to the actual email address that I used in Gravatar. Org, and I'm gonna click on Update Profile.

Okay, so now, my profile has been updated and if I put my mouse over here, you can see the image that I've just selected before.

So that's how easy it is to start using gravatars on your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to upgrade your WordPress blog using cPanel. Once you are logged in to your cPanel account, look for the Fantastico De Luxe icon. If you do not see a Fantastico De Luxe icon here, then you have to contact your web hosting and inquire about how you can have this Fantastico De Luxe feature in your web hosting account.

So when you see this icon here, just click on the link that says Fantastico De Luxe, and right away on the home screen, you'll be able to see all the software that you have installed using Fantastico. In this case, I would see two WordPress blogs that I have installed before, both with slightly different versions. But look for the WordPress link here and click on that link to get a better description of only the WordPress installations you have done so far.

So right next to the individual blogs over here, I will see a link to remove the blog or upgrade to the latest version. So select the blog you want to upgrade; in this case, I wanna upgrade my second blog, blog2, and I'm going to click on Upgrade to 3.3.2, or whatever version that is the latest version - just click on that link.

Okay, so now you got a note that says: "If you have modified the files, language, themes, etc. or any third-party modifications, it's possible that you may need to re-install your themes, etc..." So basically, what it says here is that please do a backup of everything in your WordPress blog, including custom themes, modifications, custom plug-ins, etc. just in case the upgrade process breaks something. So once you have backed up everything, then click on Upgrade. The upgrade process itself is fairly simple and quick, as you can see here. The upgrade is done. Alright?

So you can see the status over here, everything is done, and you can click on your blog link here to log in to your blog and enjoy the new version of WordPress.

So that's how easy it is to upgrade your WordPress blog automatically using cPanel.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to delete a WordPress blog using cPanel. So you should only use this method if you have installed your WordPress using cPanel. So when you want to delete the WordPress blog, just log in to your cPanel account, and look for the Fantastico De Luxe icon. Click on the link for Fantastico De Luxe.

Next, click on the link for WordPress. And here, you will be able to see all the current WordPress installations in this particular web hosting or cPanel account. So just choose the blog that you no longer want to use; in this case, I'm going to delete my second blog over here...okay? So, just click on Remove. Alright, so there's a warning here that the directory will be deleted and also the dashboard will be deleted. So of course, please only do this if you are 100% sure that you want to delete your WordPress blog. If you want to use this blog or the contents of the blog somewhere else, make sure that you have completed a backup of this blog first. Then click on Remove WordPress. Okay? So the removal process is pretty simple and straightforward; basically, your entire dashboard is deleted and the entire directory containing your blog and all the files related with the blog have also been removed.

And that's how easy it is to delete your WordPress blog using cPanel and Fantastico.

 In this video, I'm going to show you how to automatically update your WordPress blog. Once you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard, if there is an update available, then you will see a message here saying that the latest version of WordPress is available. Please update now. So click on "Please update now." Here again, you will get a message: An updated version of WordPress is available. You can click on Update Now or you can download the latest version to update your WordPress blog manually. So I'm just gonna click on Update Now, then you'll be asked for your FTP username and your FTP password. This is the same as the cPanel username or cPanel password. And in some cases, depending on your web host and how they've configured your setup of the web hosting accounts, you may not be asked for this information at all. So I'm just gonna go ahead and enter my FTP password here. For 'connection type,' you can just select Regular FTP, and then click on Proceed.

And now, you will see the automatic WordPress update process that happens in the background. Once your WordPress blog has been updated, you will see a welcome screen over here that highlights the changes or the new features available in this new version of WordPress. Now you can click Dashboard to go back to your dashboard, and you can see now that there is no longer a message prompting me to upgrade, and it says here "You are using WordPress 3.3.1."

So now, you have successfully updated your WordPress blog using the automatic update feature within the WordPress dashboard.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to automatically backup your WordPress blog. Once you are logged in to your WordPress dashboard, go to plugins and click on Add New. Type in the search term, 'backup', and hit the Search Plugins button.

Now, as you can see, there are many different backup plugins, each offering a different method of backup for your WordPress blog; however, the one that I'm going to show you in this tutorial is called WordPress-DB-Backup. So look for this plugin and click on Install Now. Click on OK. If you are asked for FTP information, please provide your FTP login, username, and FTP password, which of course is the same as your cPanel username and password in most cases. Then click on Proceed.

Now, the backup plugin has been installed on my WordPress blog, so I'm going to click on Activate Plugin. Once the backup plugin has been activated, you should see this plugin appear under Tools - click on Backup. If this is your first time installing the backup plugin and trying to do the automatic backup, you'll probably get a message like this that says, "WARNING: Your backup directory does NOT exist, and we cannot create it." Using your FTP client, try to create the backup directory yourself...okay, and also a warning message: "Your backup directory is NOT writable!" So to solve this problem, all you need to do is log in to your FTP account for this particular blog, and then go to public_html, and the wp-content folder, just right-click that, select File Permissions, and change the file permissions to 777 to enable automatic writing and creation of folders with the WordPress software.

So now, let's click on backup again, and you'll see that the message no longer appears whereby WordPress has managed to create the backup directories automatically for me.

Now, to backup a WordPress blog, you'll notice on the left section here are all the default WordPress dashboard table entries, and on the right section here are all the custom dashboard entries that are created when you install new plugins. So all these fields will be backed up; however, you can also choose to exclude spam comments, because spam comments tend to take up blog space. If you've got a lot of spam, your backup file would be huge. Alright? And for the Post Options, you can also exclude post revisions, 'cause all you really need to backup is the actual published or draft post itself and not individual post revisions.

Now, for the backup options. So, there are three backups, okay, over here...the first is to save the backup to the server. Now, this is very useful and very fast; however, if your entire server is corrupted or if there is a serious problem with your server, then all those backups that you save to your server will be gone anyway. So you can either download it to your computer or email backup to this particular email address that you enter here. For now, I'm just gonna show you how to download this backup to your computer, so click on Backup Now.

And you can see the progress bar here that shows you the backup process; since this is a relatively new WordPress blog, your backup process happens very, very quickly, and you can see the download has started and it's completed for my backup file.

So this is very useful when you wanna backup a WordPress blog right now; however, you can also do scheduled backups. So you can schedule this backup, by default, it's Never, which of course means that scheduled backups are disabled.

So now what we can do is select one of these options here. Now, how often you do a backup really depends on how often you post content to your WordPress blog. If you only post 1 or 2 new articles per week, then you may want to backup twice weekly, or even once weekly. However, if you are publishing a lot of new content every single day, you may want to select once hourly. Now, if you select once hourly, that means that the backup script will be running every single hour, and depending on the files of your WordPress blog, that may make your entire site slower; that may also raise some issues with your web hosting account.

So I would say once daily would be more than enough for most blogs. Now, enter the email address that you want the backup files to be sent to. And then click on Schedule backup. Now you get a message: "Scheduled Backup Options Saved!" So you can see here, the next backup is on March 7, okay, since I selected once daily; so every single day, I will receive an email to the email address that I entered here, containing the same zipped file or the compressed backup file that you see over here, will be automatically sent to the email address that I entered here.

So that's how easy it is to create automatic backups for your WordPress blog.

In this video, we're gonna take a look at how to edit your WordPress themes. Now I understand that there are literally hundreds and hundreds of different WordPress themes out there, and I also understand that no matter how good a WordPress theme is, you may always have the need to customize your theme; for example, perhaps to change the font size, to change the type of font, or even to change certain colors on your WordPress theme itself. So in this video, I'm going to show you how to edit the CSS of the default WordPress theme only.

Using an FTP program like FileZilla, you need to enter your hostname, username, and password and connect to your web hosting account. And when that's done, you need to click on to the public_html folder, and click to wp-content, go inside the themes folder, and you need to go into the specific folder of the theme that you want to edit. So I'm going to click on the default theme, and you'll see a lot of files here, but what you really need to look out for is a file called style.css. In some cases, if you're using a different WordPress theme, they may have chosen to name the stylesheet differently, but the extension is always .css. So I'm going to right-click on this file; I'm going to select file permissions; I'm gonna change this to "777." And of course, you can also check or uncheck the boxes here or you can just type in "777" and click on OK.

When that's done, you need to go back to your WordPress dashboard, click on the Appearance tab, and click on Themes to see which is the currently active theme. So make sure that the theme that you want to edit is the theme that is currently active or being used in the WordPress blog, and once you are sure that the theme is currently active, then you can just click on Editor. And in your Theme editor window, you will see all the WordPress files that you can edit, but we're only going to focus on style.css for this video. Most importantly, you should see a button, and right there, the button that says "Update File." If you do not see this button, it means that you have not set the permission settings to 777 as I have shown you earlier in the FTP.

So I'm going to resize this window to allow you to see more of this section of the CSS file. Right. And now, you can see more of the stylesheet itself, so I'm going to dissect this stylesheet and explain to you exactly what the components are for this particular stylesheet, and in most cases, most WordPress themes will have a stylesheet that looks quite similar, if not exact, to the one that I'm gonna show you here.

Now, perhaps the first thing that you'll notice is this entire section here, which is basically some information on the theme itself, and it does not affect the way your theme would look. So there's really no point editing this theme. And actually, if you have downloaded this theme for free under a particular license, like a GPL license, then under no circumstances are you allowed to remove the information here or edit the information here because you are required to provide or give credit to the author of the theme or the guy who created this theme. So all the information that you see here between this sign and this sign, you can pretty much ignore.

All CSS files usually have very standard descriptions of the style or the stylesheet or the particular area of your WordPress blog that it controls. So for example this tag here says "Body." And it pretty much affects the entire layout of my WordPress theme itself. And you can see here, there's a font size. So if you want the font size for the entire WordPress blog to be smaller, or larger than it is currently, then you need to edit these values. If you wanna change the type of font for the entire WordPress blog, and then you'll need to edit this line to put in the exact font that you want to use.

And if you wanna change the background color or use a background image for the entire WordPress blog, then you need to edit these values here, and these six characters that you see here are what control the color of your theme. So these are called HEX values, and you can always find references for HEX values on the Internet, but generally speaking again, you probably wouldn't want to edit these unless you know what are the exact HEX values that you wanna use.

In a WordPress blog, typically there are two types of content that you can write - one is called a post, and the other is called a page. So in this CSS file, the post and the page are using different style definitions. So you can see for the pages here, there's a different background color, and a border and also alignment of the text. And for a post, you can see it here under Content, and a post is further divided into the main content area, or in this case, it's labeled as white column, and also narrow column, and this usually stands for the sidebar area. But in either case, chances are you probably would not need to edit all those values. You probably wanna focus on the basic stuff; for example, to change your header image. So if you wanna change your header image, make sure you've created a new image and upload that image into your theme folder on the images folder. So basically, that means you go to wp-content/, the theme name - in this case, it's default - /images - and upload your image there, and that will be one of the easiest ways to change the header image for your WordPress theme.

So I'm gonna go ahead now and save the changes I've made to my WordPress theme, but it's very important to remember that you cannot undo any changes that you make directly in the WordPress dashboard. So you'll probably want to copy everything here and paste it into a text file and save that text file as a backup. So I'm just going to right-click here and choose on Select All, and then I'm gonna copy that, and then I'm gonna open up a new Notepad file and I'm just gonna place everything here and save it onto my Desktop or any other location that I want.

Okay, and when that's done, you can always click on "Update File."  And it says here that the file has been edited successfully. So you can always preview your WordPress theme to see what are the changes that you have made and see if these changes are what you wanted in the first place, and if you find that you're not satisfied with those changes and you know exactly what you need to do to get a better result, then by all means, you can go ahead and continue editing this style.css file. But if, for example, you find that something has gone terribly wrong in your WordPress theme, then you can always use the backup you just created and start all over again.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to create a static front page, or home page, for your WordPress blog. Now, the typical WordPress blog will look something like this, whereby all your latest blog posts are published directly to your home page. However, using WordPress, you can also create a static home page or front page and assign all your blog posts into a separate page. And that's exactly what I'm gonna show you in this video.

So the first thing you need to do is log in to your WordPress dashboard, then go to Pages, click on All Pages. Okay, so let's take a look at all the pages that you have. If you only have one page, now, you will need to create two additional pages. The first is the home page to your new home page and the second is the page where all your blog posts will be assigned to. So let's click on Add New, and this page, I'm going to name it Home...and here, I'm going to enter the actual content that I want to display on the home page of my WordPress blog.

This is a sample of course; make sure you enter your actual content over here, then click on Publish to publish this page. Now, let's create another page. Click on Add New again, and this page, we're going to call it "Blog." For the content of this page, you can leave it completely empty, and then click on Publish. Now that both your home page and your blog page have been created, go to Settings and click on Reading. Under reading settings, by default, your front page display is selected as your latest post. So we are going to change that by selecting a static page option, then for your front page, select the home page that you just created, and you can assign all your blog posts to the new blog page that you've just also created. Then, click on Save Changes.

Once your changes have been saved, let's go back to the site and as you can see, this is how it used to look like before with all my blog posts published directly to my home page. Now, I'm going to refresh this page, and you can see here, only the home page that I just created will appear instead of the actual blog post, and this is the content that I entered into my home page earlier. So all my blog posts will now be assigned to a special page that I just created earlier at Blog. Okay?

So you can have the best of both worlds using WordPress, you can have the typical blog layout by assigning it to a specific page, and thereby using that specific URL to send your visitors to, and you can also have a more static type of content on your home page which is very useful for selling a product or a sales pitch or an opt-in page, etc.

So that's how easy it is to create a static front page for your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create your own FeedBurner account and start to manage your blog's RSS feed with FeedBurner. So what is FeedBurner? FeedBurner is simply a free software from Google - it was actually bought over by Google - that allows you to display your RSS feed in a variety of formats, and also allows your blog subscribers to subscribe to your blog's latest posts via email. For example, at problogger.net, you can see the subscription form over here, and also directly via the RSS feed. And another really cool thing about having a FeedBurner account is that you can publicly display how many readers you have via email and via RSS feed. So if I click on this little icon here, you will be able to see the FeedBurner for this particular blog. So, with FeedBurner, you can expand the reach and use of your default RSS feed by enabling multiple applications to read your RSS feed.

So now, let's get started with FeedBurner. Just go to www.feedburner.com, or you can also go to Google and type in "feedburner" and take the first link here - FeedBurner.com, OK, but since it has been bought over by Google, you will actually go to Google FeedBurner. Now, to get started, you just need a Google account. So if you have a Gmail account, then just use that same email and password over here; if not, you can always click on Create an Account. OK, I'm going to sign in to one of my accounts, OK. So the first thing that FeedBurner would ask you is to insert your RSS feed. Now, how do you locate the location of your RSS feed for your WordPress blog? All you need to do is open a new browser tab and type in yourdomain.com/wp-feed.php. And of course, replace this with your actual domain name. And when you're done, you can just hit Enter, and here, you would get the exact location of your RSS feed. So we're just gonna copy this link over here, go back to FeedBurner, and paste the link right here. OK? Now, if you plan to publish a lot of podcasts, videos and MP3s and so on, you can also check "I Am a Podcaster", otherwise, you can just click on Next.

OK, so FeedBurner has successfully detected my RSS feed URL, and I would see the feed title of my blog over here. You can enter anything you want over here; of course, Google also gives you the default suggestion. So I'm just gonna go with the default, and I'm gonna click on Next. And there you go. Now, my new FeedBurner URL has been created, and this is the URL, so let's click on that, and you can see how my RSS feed looks like in FeedBurner. And of course, you can see the difference between the FeedBurner version as compared to the default RSS feed. So, FeedBurner is a very useful application for you to use to manage your RSS feed and to give multiple subscription options and get more blog readers.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to configure and optimize your FeedBurner RSS feed. Once you have created your first RSS feed in FeedBurner, you should see your RSS feed over here, and the amount of subscribers that you have, click on the link for your RSS feed. So on the main page, you'll be able to see the feed stats dashboard that shows you the amount of new subscribers subscribed to your RSS feed. However, in this case, this is a very, very new feed, so as you can see here, there's not much stats to be shown. But what we're going to do is click on Optimize. So there are several optimization options for your FeedBurner RSS feed. However, the most important is the SmartFeed and also the FeedFlare.

So let's do it one by one; let's click on SmartFeed...so it says here, "SmartFeed helps you to reach your widest possible audience while publishing a single feed for your blog." Alright, basically what it means is that by enabling SmartFeed, you will enable compatibility to a lot of RSS reading applications. Alright? So just click on Activate. So there's not much to be done with this; just click on Activate and you're done. Everything is done for you. Now, let's click on FeedFlare. So, FeedFlares are little widgets or little features that you can add to your RSS feed. So here, you can see all the available FeedFlares, and if you click on the item, you can see description of those FeedFlares. So let's scroll to the bottom, and first, let's click Activate. OK, so to figure out how this works, just look at the preview shown over here. OK? Currently, you only have one FeedFlare by default, which is "Email this," which allows your subscribers to email your blog post directly to their email contacts.

Now, we're gonna enable a few other feeds; you don't have to enable every single thing. Well, let's enable the important ones. "Share on Facebook", for example, so I'm going to enable it in the feed, and I'm also going to enable Google Buzz, and perhaps also a Digg This FeedFlare. So now, let's look at the preview, and you can see that all these new features have been added to my RSS feed. Now, I can also just click on the FeedFlare and drag it to rearrange the order of those individual flares. So if I want Facebook to be first and Email to be last, I can just drag it all the way here, and drag this before, OK...and that's how you rearrange your FeedFlares. Then, click on Save.

So let's check out your RSS feed to see how it looks like now, and now, you can see at the bottom of each post, you have the new FeedFlare options, and this is enabled throughout your RSS feed for each and every post that you have published so far.

So let's move on. The other important thing with FeedBurner is to enable email subscriptions to your RSS feed. If your blog is on a niche topic where your readers are not so tech savvy, they may prefer to subscribe to your latest blog post via email instead of via an RSS application. So click on Publicize and click on Email Subscriptions. Then click on Activate. Now, your email subscriptions have been activated and you can see the email subscription form that you can copy and paste on your WordPress blog to allow subscribers to subscribe to your latest blog post via email. To preview your email subscription link, just click here, and you can see the actual subscription form confirmation screen. You can also choose to receive an email whenever someone unsubscribes from your latest blog post. This is entirely optional. And over here, you can see the total subscribers in your FeedBurner account who have subscribed via email.

So that's how easy it is to optimize your FeedBurner RSS feeds.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to redirect your default WordPress RSS feed to your FeedBurner RSS feed. Now, if you remember, this is how your default RSS feed looks like, and if you've been publishing on your WordPress blog for quite some time now, then there may already be several subscribers who have subscribed to your default WordPress RSS feed. Now, what we want to do is automatically redirect those subscribers to the new RSS feed that you have created in FeedBurner.

To do that, just log in to your WordPress dashboard. Click on Plugins and click on Add New. Now, enter the search term "FeedBurner" and hit Search Plugins. Now, look for the plugin called "Primary FeedBurner." OK, click on Details, and you'll be able to see the description is, it helps you to redirect your messages to your FeedBurner feed. So I'm gonna click on Install Now, then I'm gonna activate the plugin. Once the plugin has been activated, just check under your Settings tab, and you should see the configuration link for primary FeedBurner.

So all you need to do to redirect your default RSS feed to the FeedBurner RSS feed is to enable the primary FeedBurner plugin, then enter your FeedBurner RSS feed URL. Again, you can just get this from FeedBurner itself. Click on the feed, and you can click on Edit Feed Details. So this is the part that you need to copy, and we're going to paste this here. Now, if you want your subscribers to be able to subscribe to your comments only via different FeedBurner feed, then you can also enter that here, or just leave that blank. Next, click on Save.

And that's it, you're done. Now, you have successfully redirected your default WordPress RSS feed to your FeedBurner RSS feed. This helps you ensure that all your subscribers are subscribed to a single RSS feed.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to put an email subscription form from FeedBurner into your WordPress blog. So once you're logged in to your FeedBurner account, click on the RSS feed that you want to work with, then click on Publicize. Click on email subscriptions, and over here, you'll be able to see the email subscription form. So what we're gonna do is select all, or you can just press Ctrl+A on your keyboard, then you're going to copy this code.

Now, in your WordPress dashboard, just click on Appearance, and then click on Widgets. So all you need to do now is find the text widget - so we have a text widget here, I'm just gonna click that, drag it to the top, release that, and I'm going to right-click and paste the code that we copied earlier into this section over here. I'm also gonna give it a title. Next, I'm going to hit Save.

OK, so now, let's click on the WordPress URL to preview the blog, and you can see here the FeedBurner email subscription form that we have just put in earlier. So now, your blog readers can just enter the email address and click on Subscribe. And all you need to do is enter the confirmation code here, click on Complete Subscription Request, and they will be subscribed to your latest blog post.

So from now on, every single blog post that you publish on your blog will be automatically sent to all your FeedBurner email subscribers. That's how easy it is to use the email subscription form by FeedBurner on your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to import content from your Blogspot or Blogger blog into your new WordPress blog. To get started, just log in to your WordPress dashboard. Then, put your mouse over Tools, and click on Import. Next, click on Blogger. And you will be prompted to install the correct plugin for importing content over from Blogger. So click on Install Now.

Next, enter your FTP username and password if you are prompted to do so, then select the connection type as regular FTP, and click on Proceed. Once the plugin has been installed, click on "Activate Plugin & Run Importer." So the first thing you need to do is connect your Blogspot blogs by clicking on the Authorize button. All you have to do is enter your Google information to log in to your Blogspot blog, and then click on Sign In. Then click on Grant Access. You'll be taken back to your WordPress dashboard, and you will get a list of all the blogs available in that particular Blogspot account. So for example, I have one blog available here, and I can see that I have 9 posts as well as 2 comments that I can import over to my WordPress blog. To start the import process, just click on the Import button. Once the import process is completed, you'll be able to see that all your posts have been imported to your WordPress blog. So since WordPress supports multiple authors, you can click Set Authors to change the author name to a particular author.  

Here, you will see the corresponding Blogger username, and on the right, you will see the available WordPress users for your WordPress blog. In most cases, you are the only user over here, so click on Save Changes.

And now, you can see all the Blogspot posts have been automatically imported into my WordPress blog. And that's how easy it is to import existing content from Blogspot to WordPress.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to export your existing content from one WordPress blog to another. Now, this is an example of why you may need to do this. Let's say you have an old WordPress blog and you no longer want to put all your content on that particular blog; instead, you have a new blog and you want to move all your content to your new blog. Now, that's very easy to do, assuming that both your blogs are using WordPress and also make sure that both your blogs are using the same version of WordPress.

Now, log in to your old blog, or the blog where you wanna export your content, then go to Tools, and click on Export. Now you can choose what you want to export. So by default, all content is selected. You can leave it as the default unless you only want to export posts or pages. And if you select Posts, you can select your export only from a certain category, only from a particular author, only content from a particular date range, or only content in a particular status. For example, Schedule, Draft, Pending, Private, etc. The same thing with pages - if you select Pages, you can select to export only specific pages by a certain author, by a date range, or by status.

So in this example, I'm going to export all content because I wanna move everything to my new blog. So I'm gonna select All Content, and I'm gonna click on Download Export File. So as you can see here, the export file has been downloaded in XML format. Now, you can't really open up an XML format unless you have the necessary code editing tools. However, it's not really important that you open up this XML file, because what I'm gonna show you now is to log in to your new WordPress blog and import this content.

So this is my new WordPress blog and I want to move all my content to this blog. It doesn't really matter if your blog isn't the same URL or a different URL; WordPress makes it very easy for you to import over all their existing content.

Now, in this new blog, I'm going to go to Tools, and this time, I'm gonna click on Import. Now, over here, there are a list of compatible systems that you can use for its import feature. We are going to select WordPress at the bottom - click on WordPress, and you'll be asked to install a special plugin developed by WordPress themselves to help you import over existing content. So as you would with any other plugin, just click on Install Now, then enter your host name, FTP username, and FTP password. Then click on Proceed.

Now, the WordPress importer plugin has been installed, so I'm gonna click on Activate Plugin & Run Importer. Okay, so the first thing I would need to do is locate the XML file I downloaded earlier from my old blog, and however, notice that there is a maximum size of 2 MBs that you can use when importing over your existing content. So this maximum size is set or predetermined by a web hosting company. If you have a file size that is huge, make sure you ask your web hosting company to either permanently or temporarily increase your maximum file upload limit.

Now, let's click on Choose file and select the file that we downloaded earlier. Okay, so, I'm looking at the file and notice that the date is already automatically put for the file name itself, so you know exactly when you made this import...okay, and click on Upload File and Import. In the next step, you'll be asked to assign all your imported blog posts to an existing user in your new blog, or you can create a new user by a login name over here. However, I'm just gonna assign all these blog posts to existing administrator.

And now, the most important part for import attachments...okay. So this is very, very important because in your old blog, you probably used a lot of attachments, images, etc. Now, WordPress can automatically download all those images, automatically upload them to your new blog, and automatically edit the referencing of these images in your blog posts. So make sure you check on "Download and import file attachments," then click on Submit.

Okay, so in this example, I am importing only a very small amount of blog posts from one test blog to another. So the import process is done. However, it can take some time for you if you have a very big blog with a lot of images, etc., so make sure that you just monitor the progress, do not click on any other part of your WordPress blog, until the import has been completed. Once the import has been completed, I can go back to the home or the dashboard of my blog, and I can see all my blog posts have been imported into my new blog from my old blog, as well as the pages and also comments, etc.

So that's how easy it is to import content from one WordPress blog to another.

In this video, I'm gonna show you some of the important information you can learn about your website simply by looking at your Google Analytics statistics program.

Once you've installed Google Analytics and you've allowed it to collect data from your website for about 30 days, then you can have a look at your account, and you'll probably see something like this.

The graph that you see right on top here shows you the amount of unique visitors that you get to your website on a daily basis, and you can also choose to view the statistics by weekly basis or you can choose to see the amount of traffic that you get every single month.

Now, the first statistic here shows you the amount of unique visitors you had to your website in the past 30 days. And the second one shows you the amount of Pageviews, which is the amount of pages actually viewed by the visitors to your website, and this will, of course, be at least double the amount of the actual visitors. And you can see here the amount of pages per visitor.

Next, you can see the Bounce Rate - the average time each visitor spent on your site, and also the percentage of new visits to your website. So if you scroll down, again, you'll be able to see the amount of visitors; and then you can see the Map Overlay, which shows you your countries from which your website visitors are coming from. So in this particular website, you can see that the majority of visitors are from the United States, and that's why it's in a very dark green shape, and then also this country here, Malaysia…and then we also have several visitors from Australia, India, and the United Kingdom. But these are all in a lighter shade of green, which means that there are less people from those regions visiting your website. And let's click on 'view report' to take an in-depth look at the actual countries from which our website visitors are coming from.

So now, you can see the map in detail, right? And you can see all the different shades of green. So the darkest green, of course, shows you where most of your visitors are coming from. And if you scroll down, you can see in detail the names of the countries, and also the percentage of visitors that you get from those countries. Now, I'm gonna click back to Dashboard.

Now, the next graph I wanna talk about is the Traffic Sources Overview. So you can easily see here the amount of traffic you get from the search engines; the amount of traffic you get from other sites; and the amount of direct traffic you get, which is mostly from email marketing, or by people manually typing your website URL into the browser, or from social bookmarks, etc. So I'm gonna click on 'view report' again to see this report in-depth.

So if I scroll down here, I'll be able to see all the top traffic sources as well as all the keywords you use to find this website in the search engines. So I'm gonna see a full report on that - I'm gonna click on 'view full report' - and here, you can see the keywords typed in by the visitors to find this website in Google. So let's click back to your dashboard…and of course, different types of data may be more valuable to use compared to someone else; so the good thing is that Google Analytics allows you to customize your dashboard so that you can have a quick glance at the stats or the data that is most important to you.

So for example, assuming traffic sources is the most important thing right here, so I'm just gonna click on this, and then I'm gonna hold down my mouse button, and then I'm gonna drag it and drop it in an available location, and as you move this along, you'll see that the other boxes start to shift locations, and you'll see a light gray box where you can just put this over and just drop it - release your mouse button to drop it in certain places.

And if you do not want to see a particular report right on your dashboard, then you can also click on the X button to close and to remove this picture, or this module, from the dashboard.

Now, let's go back to the map overlay that I showed you earlier, and I'm gonna show you how to add certain reports directly to your dashboard. So if assuming you wanna see the actual states where your visitors are coming from, then you can just click on the country that you want…I'm gonna click on United States…and here, you can see a much better map, which actually shows you the individual states. And again, the darkest shade of green represents the most amount of traffic. So you can see here that in The United States alone, most of my visitors are coming from California, followed by Texas, Florida, etc., and those white regions here - it basically means that you're not getting any traffic at all from those regions.

So this is really important information if you're doing a local business or if you have a local business-oriented website and you wanna make sure that you are actually targeting the correct areas, or the correct states.

So if I want to add this to my dashboard, then just - at the top here, you will see a link here that says Add to Dashboard. So I'm gonna click Add to Dashboard, okay? It says, "Your report has been added. View dashboard".

Now, you can see my main dashboard here, and the website statistics right on top here. But if you scroll down, then now, I can also see the US Map Overlay. So if I wanna move this again, I can just click on this, drag it, and release it wherever I want.

So now, I can make sure that all information I really need, I can just access them really easily using Google Analytics. If you're sharing your website stats with someone else in your team or in your organization, or if for any reason you need to give it to someone else, then you can just click on Export, and you can export all your stats to PDF or XML. Or you can also click on Email and you can email this report to anyone that you want.

So that's how you use Google Analytics to really study your website and to get an in-depth insight into what's actually happening with your website visitors.

Google Analytics is a free application offered by Google that allows you to track your website visitors and get in-depth analysis and reports on your website. To use Google Analytics, you just need to have a Google account, and if you already have a Gmail account or YouTube account, then you can probably use that same information to set up Google Analytics.

Using your Google account and your Google password, just sign in to Google Analytics and you will have to sign up again for Google Analytics, so just click on Sign Up here.

And the first thing you need to put in here is your website URL, so I'm gonna put in my website URL…and also to give your account a name.

Okay, and then you can select your time zone or territory, and also your time zone according to your local time, and then click on Continue.

Then provide Google with your last name and your first name, and then select a country or territory. Then click on Continue.

You can read through the Terms of Service for Google Analytics, and if you'll agree, click on 'Yes, I agree to the terms and conditions,' and then click on Create New Account. And there are several options here to track your website - you can either track a single domain, or you can track one domain with multiple subdomains, or you can also track multiple top-level domains. And if you're a Google AdWords user, then you may want to combine your AdWords data with your Analytics data. I'm gonna leave that blank for now.

So this is the code that you need to copy and paste into your WordPress blog or your website. Now, I'm gonna show you how to do that.

In your WordPress dashboard, just click on Appearance and click on Editor to edit the current theme that you are using. All your theme files should be made writable, so if you see a message like this that says, "You need to make this file writable…" then you need to set the correct permission settings via FTP to your WordPress theme.

So using your FTP account, you just need to click on wp-content, and then go to the Themes folder, and then look for the theme that you're currently using. So in this example, I'm using the default theme, and I'm going to select all the files here…right-click, and choose File permissions.  And then I'm going to set this to '777'.

Now, I'm going to refresh this page, and if you scroll down, you'll see now there's an Update File button, which means your files are now editable. So you need to look for the Footer file, which is footer.php. Click on that file, and I can see my footer.php file is open in this window; so what I'm going to do is copy this code from Google Analytics, go back to my WordPress dashboard, and then right before this tag here - this body tag - I'm gonna paste the entire code here. And then I'm gonna click on Update File.

Next, I'm gonna go back to Google Analytics, and I'm gonna click on Save and Finish. So now you can see that my website has been added to Google Analytics, but you see a warning message here, which means that Analytics is not able to pick up your website URL, and therefore, it wouldn't be able to report the stats. Of course, this status will be updated in a few hours, but if you really wanna check, you can just click on Edit, and then click on Check Status.

So here, you can see the message from Google, saying that "Analytics has been successfully installed and data is being gathered now." So if you check back in 24 hours, you'll be able to see some very useful statistics and insights to your web traffic.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use Disqus, which is a commenting system to manage comments on your WordPress blog. Now, if you have a WordPress blog, then you'll know that one of the biggest challenges in managing your blog is the amount of spam comments that you may receive on your blog. So instead of using the default commenting system in WordPress, there are several other options that you can use, and one of the leading options is to use Disqus. Now, Disqus is a free application that you can get at disqus.com. Alright, so this is the name…and when you take a look at the website, under Popular Features, so you can see some of the features that you'll receive from Disqus.

To get started, click on Sign Up. Just enter your Site URL, Site Name, and Site Shortname. The Site Name is used to uniquely identify your site on Disqus, so make sure that there are no spaces, and it only contains letters, numbers, and hyphens. And this is actually where you will log in, so for example, for this site, my shortname is youractualblog. So I will be able to log in later at youractualblog.disqus.com.

If you scroll down, you will be required to create an account for the primary moderator, or the admin account. So once you've created your username, put in your password and your email address, then just click on Continue to create your account. So once my account has been created, you get this message that says: "Your site was just registered with the shortname youractualblog." And, "The primary moderator for this site is youractualname."

If you have a Twitter account, then you can also enable comments or replies to your Twitter account, so just enter your username right here, and as you mouse over the options, you'll be able to see - this text here actually changes, and it gives you the description of what the options actually mean.

So let's go through some of these options quickly. First is to disable Like buttons. Now, by default, any comment in the Disqus system will have a Like or Dislike button. This enables commenters to actually rate comments left by other people. So we'll just leave this on, and next step is for media attachments. Now, media attachments let the commenter automatically attach and display images and videos that are mentioned w/ comments. Okay?

The third is Display login buttons w/ comment form. Now this is very important because it also allows people to log in using all the services like Twitter, Facebook, OpenID, and Yahoo!, so I'm gonna check that, and check the options that I want to allow people to log in to leave a comment on my blog.

And the fourth is Trackbacks. Okay? So trackbacks are important to your blog, so you may want to enable trackbacks.

Next is the Akismet spam protection. Now, if you already have a WordPress blog and you will have Akismet installed by default, so you can extend the functionality of Akismet to the Disqus commenting system. If you check Akismet, however, you'll be required to enter your Akismet API key, which you can get from your current WordPress blog or at your WordPress.com account.

Alright, so you can enable that, and finally, is Reactions. Now, reactions are actually social media reactions that aggregate the conversation that's happening everywhere on the Internet, especially on social media sites. So it basically gives you a big picture of all the responses to your blog post, even though someone may not have left an actual comment on your blog, but they may have posted your blog post on Twitter, Facebook, etc. So if you wanna see all reactions in a single page, make sure you click on Reactions, and select the services that you need. I'm going to select All, and finally, click on Continue.

Finally, you'll be given some installation options to put in the Disqus commenting system. Now, in this example, I'm going to show you how to install it on WordPress, so we're just gonna click on WordPress. And here, you have the instructions on how to install the Disqus commenting system on your self-hosted WordPress blog. And we will cover that in the next video on how to use Disqus.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to activate the Disqus commenting system on your WordPress blog.

Now, for WordPress, there is an existing plugin, so all you need to do is go to your Add New Plugins page and type in Disqus Comment System, click on Search Plugins. So this is the plugin that we want to install. Now, if you wanna view details on the plugin, you can click on Details, okay, and you can see exactly what you get, then click on Install Now.

Once the plugin has been installed, click on Activate Plugin. Once you have activated the plugin, you will see a message that says "You must configure the plugin to enable Disqus comments." So click on the Configure the Plugin link.

If you have never used Disqus before, or if you are on a slightly older version of WordPress, then you probably need to upgrade your database to continue. Just click on Upgrade. You will be asked for your Disqus username and password, so refer to the email that you received from Disqus, and enter your username and password. Then, click on Next. Select the website that you wanna install this Disqus system on, and this website must already be listed at Disqus.com. So if you're installing this on a blog that you have not registered at Disqus.com, you can click here to register a new one. So just select the blog that you want to use, and click on Next.

Now, it says that "Disqus has been installed on your blog. If you have existing comments, you may wish to import them now. Otherwise, you're all set and the Disqus network is now powering comments on your blog."

This is really optional, but let me show you what happens when you click on Export.

So now, you have the option to import or export comments to Disqus. Just click on Export Comments…and depending on how many comments you have on your blog, this can take quite a while. Once your comments have been imported, you should see a link here to see the status of your import at Disqus. So let's click on that…and you should see the amount of comments imported to the Disqus system. Now, if you take a look at your WordPress blog's post, when you scroll to the bottom, you'll find that instead of the default commenting system, now you have the Disqus commenting system. And if you are logged in to Disqus when you are viewing the comments, then you can just mouse over the Disqus icon here and you can have quick access to your Disqus dashboard profile, and you can also log out from Disqus.

Now, if you click on Expand Community Box, you'll be able to see your community stats - the total comments, total likes, and the total people who have commented on your blog. In this video, it shows as 0 because we don't have any Disqus users since we're only using sample data.

And that's how easy it is to start using Disqus on your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to moderate comments on your blog using the newly installed Disqus system.

Now, as usual, when you want to moderate your comments, you probably click on the Comments option here. But instead of just the regular comments, now that you have the Disqus plugin installed, you should see also a link to Disqus comments.

This basically pulls all the information from your Disqus website itself. So if you do not want to moderate comments on your WordPress blog, you can actually go to Disqus and you'll see the exact same thing over here.

Let's look at how to moderate comments through WordPress. The first thing you can see is all the comments currently on your WordPress blog. So you can click here to expand, and since this comment has already been approved, you will see the status as Approved. Otherwise, you would see a button to approve the comment. So for approved comments, I can change my mind and mark it as spam; I can delete the comments, I can reply, or I can edit the comment.

Now, if I wanna find all comments from the same commenter, I can just mouse over to find, and I can click all comments from this person, all comments from this IP address, or all comments from this thread. I can also just click on Reply to send a direct reply to this particular comment.

Now, in the right section here, I can actually filter maybe you, so if I only want to see the comments that are flagged, I can uncheck these 2 options here and that'll show me only comments that are flagged for action. And if I only wanna see unapproved comment, I can click on that as well, as well as spam comments.

So the commenting system is really very, very simple, and very easy to use.

Now, let's look at the options on top here. So you can click on Tools, and that'll give you an options settings here; you can choose the number of comments to display and show the moderators in ranking and you can also select your color theme. So there are several themes included by default by Disqus, and you can select the one that matches the layout and the look of your blog.

Finally, you can also select the default tab view. So you can select to choose the default as the most recent comments or the most popular comments. And you can also see the top commenters on your blog, the popular threads, and the most recent comments.

So all these tools help you to moderate your comments more successfully using the Disqus commenting system.

Now, if you are a blogger that gets a lot of traffic, you may want to upgrade your Disqus system and you'll find that there's packages that you can choose from, and these are the additional features included in the Pro version of the Disqus commenting system. But in most cases, I think you'd be pretty fine if you stick with the free version.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to install a very cool WordPress plugin that will automatically make your WordPress blog compatible with mobile devices and also tablet devices. All you have to do is install the free plugin and everything is adjusted automatically including images to match the device that your readers are using to access your WordPress blog.

So first, let's install the plugin. Log in to your WordPress blog, go to plugins, and click on Add New. Now, search for WPtouch. So this is the plugin that we want to install, and to get a preview of this plugin, click on Details, and click on Screenshots. So this is basically how your blog can look like on a mobile device - for example, on an iPhone or other smartphones. Okay? So you'll see that your blog post, as well as the links or the navigation menus on your blog and also the commenting feature, etc. all been redesigned and totally optimized for mobile devices.

Now, once you install this plugin however, you will need to actually access your blog from a mobile device to see the changes.

So for now, click on Install, and then put in your FTP name and password if required, and then click on Proceed. So the plugin has been installed. Now, click on Activate Plugin to activate WPtouch. Once the plugin has been activated, go to Settings, and you should see a new link for WPtouch. Click on that link.

And as you can see, the two versions of WPtouch - there's the free version and there's the WPtouch Pro version with iPad, Customization, Child Themes, Web-App Mode, Multisite, etc. However, the free version is more than enough for most types of blogs. So, this is Settings page.

In the next video, I will show you how to configure WPtouch to make your blog stand out in mobile devices.

In this video, let's take a look at Google AdSense and let's talk about how to monetize your website or your blog using Google AdSense. Well basically, Google AdSense is an advertising program that you can sign up for, for free, and then you can put those advertising codes on your website or on your blog, and whenever someone clicks on those ads, you make money. Now if you're using a lot of different websites on the Internet, then you may already be familiar with Google AdWords. You may have seen some Google Ads on some of the websites that you frequently go to. But if you do not really go to many different websites and many different topics, and you may be confused, as where actually the AdSense ads are. So this is a typical website, and I'm gonna show you on this website where these Google ads are.

The first part here is, you may see this sentence here, 'Ads by Google.' Well, everything here is a Google ad. And this is called a link unit and is usually put into the site navigation areas. And the next type of ad is put into the content itself, and you can see here, it says, 'Ads by Google,' right? So these types of ads are made to look as part of the blog or website content itself.
And Google ads are what is called contextual ads. What it means is that the ad codes on your website will scan your web pages and determine what are the topics of your website and also of the individual web pages, and it will display only relevant advertising.

So for example, on this blog, the topic of this website is 'stretch marks'. So you will see that the ads are all related to stretch marks, or topics such as beauty, skin care, exercise, and any other related topics.

The good news is that since those ads are related to the content of your site, the chances of someone clicking on those ads are much, much higher than it would be if you were displaying irrelevant ads. For example, on a health blog, and if you display an ad for a cell phone, that's considered an irrelevant ad. So Google AdSense helps you in a way that it only displays ads that are suitable for the audience of your website.

And the third way you may have come across some Google ads is through the Google Custom Search function that also helps webmasters display Google ads. So, for example, if I do a search on this website, now I would see a search results page. With the actual search results in this section here, and everything else, section on top, and also the column to the right, those are all Google ads.

To signup for Google AdSense, you need to go to www.google.com/adsense , or you can just do a Google search for AdSense. And if you don't have an AdSense account yet, then you should click on the link here that says, Sign Up Now.

Now you'll notice on the application form that one of the most important things that is asked right away is your website URL. So can you apply for Google AdSense advertising program if you do not have a website? The answer is no. You must at least have one website which has a few pages of content in it before you can apply for Google AdSense. So don't go all out and apply for AdSense and put in any fake website URLs over here. Your account will not be approved.

So once your website or blog is up and running and you already have several pages of content in it, then you can just put in your website URL here. Right? And then select the language. In most cases, your website will be in English. Okay, so AdSense is pretty strict about how their ads are displayed, and they will ask you to not place ads on sites that include incentives to click on ads. So check that and also check that you will not place ads on sites that include pornographic content.

Then choose an account type, and in most cases you will choose' individual', and then select your country. And if you scroll down, you need to put your name here and make sure it is your actual name, your full name as it will appear on your identification cards and your birth certificates, because this is the actual name that the checks are made out to, so if you put in a nickname or an incomplete name over here, you will not be able to cash in checks from Google AdSense.

Next, fill up all these fields for street address, city, town, state, and also zip. Okay? And then click on 'I Agree', then I can receive checks made out to the payee name I listed above. Put in your phone number, and you can choose to get email notifications of any changes in AdSense and also tips and best practices and other service from Google AdSense. And then, 'How did you find out about Google AdSense?' Well, I guess this field is pretty much optional, but you can just fill that up.

And finally, one of the most important information over here, you must agree that you will not click on your own Google ads, and this is a big no-no with AdSense. AdSense will only pay you for clicks on your ads that originate from your website visitors and not yourself. And then also click that 'I certify that I have read the AdSense program policies' and you can click on this link and read the program policies in full, and AdSense also does not allow you to open an AdSense account if you have a previous AdSense account that is still active or an AdSense account that has been disabled or banned in the past.

And when you're done, you just click on 'Submit Information', so this information will now be submitted to the Google AdSense approval team, and you will get an email notification when your AdSense account has been approved, as well as the Login information and Password, so you can login to your AdSense account the first time and setup your new ads.

Once you have setup your AdSense account, then you can just go to www.google.com/adsense and then put in your email name and password and sign in to your account.

Once you've logged in, just click on the AdSense Setup tab, and then you'll see a screen here that asks you to choose which type of AdSense ads you want to display. The most common type of ad is AdSense for Content. But you can also use AdSense for Search, put a little Search Box onto your website or blog, and you can also put AdSense in RSS Feeds and also on parked domains. So, I'm gonna click on AdSense for Content.

And the next thing AdSense is gonna ask you is if you want to display an ad unit or a link unit? An ad unit will display the complete ad, whereas a link unit will display only the category of ads, and when you click on, for example, if I click on 'bicycle parts', I'll be taken to another page with the actual full ads.

Also, under ad unit, you can select to display text ads only, text and image ads, or image ads only. In most cases, you can choose either 'text ads only', which is the default setting, or 'text and image ads'. And then you can just click on Continue. So here, you can choose the different formats of ads that you want to display on your website or blog. Now, if you've never used any type of advertising program before, and so you may not be familiar with all these ad dimensions, so what you want to do is click on the link here for ad formats, and you can see here exactly how all those different ad formats look like.

So now I'm gonna select a 468 by 60 banner. I'm gonna scroll down. And then I can customize my ad. Alright? So if I want to give my ad a border, I can just click on this, and you can see that the border has now changed. So I'm gonna give it a blue border. And I'm gonna edit the title as well. I'm gonna give it a red title. Alright? Or you can also choose to have no borders, actually, by selecting the border color as white. Alright, and you can continue to edit all these color codes right here. And if you think you're gonna be using the exact color codes later on for a different website, then you can just save these color codes as a new palette.

Okay? So I can see that the palette has been created, and you just scroll down, you can preview this AdSense unit. And this is how the layout and colors of your AdSense ad will look like. And you can also choose what types of fonts are used on your AdSense ad. By default…by default, you could - if you want to use the default font, then you can just leave as 'Use Account Default', or you can change it to Arial, Times, or Verdana, and then you can also change the size of your AdSense ads, but in most cases you just want to leave these as the default settings.

And then finally, you can also select a corner style, if you want square corners, slightly rounded corners, or very rounded corners. But in the case of this ad, I've chosen not to display the actual border of the ad by setting the border color to white, so I'm gonna put, I'm just gonna leave this with no options here, and then the final option is that if AdSense cannot find suitable advertisers who have ads, then what do they do with that particular ad space? You can show public service ads which is the default, or if you have ads, banner ads in a different URL, then you can put in the URL here. Or you can fill the space with a solid color. So I'm gonna leave it as default and click on Continue.
So in the next step, you need to create channels. Channels are used to track ads in case you have more than one website. When you have a single website, it's pretty straightforward. Any income that you get is probably from that one website. But when you have multiple sites, or if you want to test multiple different pages on one site, then you can just create a new channel. And you can do that by clicking on Add New Channel, and enter a channel name.

Okay? So you see that a channel has been selected, and then just click on Continue. And then AdSense will prompt you to save this particular ad into your AdSense account, and you can name it anything you want, actually. But I prefer to put the…website name in front, followed by the dimension of the ad, because this will help me identify which ads that I want to display later on when I have many different ads, and then finally click on Submit and Get Code.

Okay, so your AdSense unit has been created, and what you need to do now is to actually copy this code and put it on to your website or your blog, and I'm gonna show you how to paste, copy this code, and paste it into a WordPress blog. In your WordPress dashboard, the easiest way to put ads is to put it into the content itself, by putting it into the individual post, so if you have already created some content in the past, then you can just add your AdSense codes inside.
Okay, so I have two very different articles here. The first article is about cats, and your other article is about anti-aging, so I'm gonna edit both of these articles and put in the AdSense codes.

Okay, so you can see the article right here. Let me just resize this window so everything, all the layout, yes, alright. Now the layout has been corrected. Okay, so basically what you need to do is just…go to the part where you want to put your AdSense code, and then instead of editing in the visual mode, make sure you click on HTML. Alright? So, assuming this is where I want to put my AdSense ad, I'm just gonna paste this here… let's see if it's okay. And then I'm gonna click on Update Post.

Okay, so this post has been updated and I'm going to add the AdSense codes into the other article as well.

So the second article has been updated. So let's click on View Posts to see how the AdSense ads look like. And now you can see this article here, but, where the AdSense ads should appear, you just see a big white blank space. This is because when you first create an AdSense ad unit, or AdSense ad blog, it may take up to 15 minutes for the ads to actually appear on your blog, so I'm gonna pause this video for 15 minutes and then show you how it would look like.

Okay, so I've paused this video for a while now, and I've just reloaded this page, and you can see that on this article now, you can see the AdSense ad as well. Now let's see how the entire blog will look like. Okay, so I'm gonna refresh this.

Alright? And you can see that, for this article, Why Cats Lose Their Hair, well, Google at least tries to give you related ads by showing ads on hair treatment, and also some ads on skin care, alright? And for anti-aging remedies, well, the ads are pretty untargeted. Well, if you have ads that are not targeted to the content of your blog, well, don't worry about that initially, because if your site is new, there's not much content, and if you just created your AdSense ad, it may take a while for Google to send its spiders or software programs to your website to index the content of your website, and as time goes on, it will show more and more relevant ads. So that's how you create an AdSense unit and put it onto your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to get free article content for your WordPress blog. You may have heard of article directories, and one of the most popular article directories out there is ezine articles, or ezinearticles.com. So when you go to ezinearticles.com, you would see all the available content in the main page, and here you'll see all the article categories. If you put your mouse over a particular category, you will see the subcategories for that particular category.

And at the bottom here, you will be able to see all the most recent articles. So the first thing you need to do is select an article that matches the topic of your blog. So for example, if my blog is about auto loans, I can just put my mouse over Finance, and then click on Auto Loans. Here, I'll be able to see all the available reprint articles for auto loans.

So let's click on the first article, and this is the article...so you can read through the article, and to publish this particular article on your blog, scroll to the bottom and click on Ezine Publisher. Here, you can see all the keywords used in this particular article, and you can check out the Publisher Terms of Service, so let's click on that. So, any articles available at ezinearticles.com is free for you to use. You can use it legally, as long as you follow the Terms of Service, which is to respect the copyright of the authors; to provide the FULL resource box or signature line at the end of the article; agree not to change the title or content of the article in any way; agree to make all links so that they are active or linkable with no syntax changes; agree to include the article source credit below each article reprinted, with the link active, and this is the link...so basically, what you have to do is that you can use this article on your blog, provided it is not changed or modified in any way, including to provide the full link back to the article, or ****2:30 also the article directory site.

So the easiest way to do that is to go to the HTML version, just click here, and then select Copy. Now, go to your WordPress blog, click on Post and click on Add New Post. Next, click on HTML mode, and then paste the entire article here. However, we will not be needing most of the HTML code here. So what you can do is select the title, you can just copy that, and you can paste it in the title section above. Next, you can delete all this unnecessary HTML at the top, and also all the unnecessary HTML at the bottom, which is these two lines here...and once you're done, you can switch back to visual mode to get a preview of how your article will look like.

So if you've done it correctly, all the links here will be hyperlinked as per the requirement of Terms of Service, and once you're done, you can just click on Publish to publish your article.

Now that your article has been published, you can click on View Post to see how the article will look like on your WordPress blog.

So using this same concept, you can get an unlimited number of content or articles for your WordPress blog, provided that you use the article as it is without changing the title, the content, and also remember to provide the attribution links, or the resource links, as per the article.

So let's get started with ClickBank. Now, the most important question most newbies would have is what exactly is ClickBank? Well, the simplest way to explain it is that ClickBank is a digital marketplace where you can buy and sell digital products only. That means that ClickBank does not deal in physical products or any product that requires shipping for that matter.

When you signup as a ClickBank affiliate, you would be able to get a ClickBank ID and create your ClickBank Hoplink, and you can then promote various ClickBank products which would include stuff like eBooks, membership sites, web templates, and a lot of other digital products.

So to get started with ClickBank, you need to create your account, and just click on Affiliates, and click on Learn More, or you can also click on the Signup link above here.

On the Signup Form, first thing you need to do is select the country. Now, not all countries may be listed on ClickBank, so just find the country that you want to receive your ClickBank checks in, and then just proceed to enter your Payee Name, which is the name that would appear on ClickBank checks, and then also fill up your street address, street or apartment, city, state or province, zip or postal code, and then you can scroll down, here, and put in your first name, your last name, and all the other information; for example, phone number, etc. All the fields with the asterisk here are the required fields, so make sure you fill those up. But most importantly, you need to select the nickname for your new account. So this nickname is very, very important, because any affiliate products that you promote in the future, you would be promoting those products using your ClickBank nickname, and once you have created your nickname, you cannot then later change your nickname. But you can, however, signup for as many ClickBank accounts as you want. However, if you are new and you're just getting started with affiliate marketing, you have to understand that one ClickBank account is more than enough. If you have multiple ClickBank accounts and your affiliate sales are going to multiple ClickBank accounts, then it would take you much longer to get a check from any of those accounts. So one account is more than enough when getting started, and then you can scroll to the bottom and make sure you read the ClickBank Client Contract, and then check here, to signify that you have read and agreed to the terms and conditions, and click on Submit to create your ClickBank account.

Creating a ClickBank account is free, of course, for affiliates, and what happens next is that ClickBank will send you your Login and Password to your email account for verification, and unfortunately in ClickBank, you cannot choose your own password, so make sure that you write down the password that ClickBank gives you, or if you're using some sort of password reminder tool or roboform, then you can save the ClickBank password in those software as well.

So now I'm going to log in to my test ClickBank account and show you some of the features and functions in your ClickBank account.

The first thing you'll notice when you log in to your ClickBank account is the Weekly Sales Snapshot and also the Daily Sales Snapshot. You can always click on any of the links to see a more complete report for that particular sales period. Now, if you scroll to the top and you can click on Account Settings, on this page you'll be able to edit all your personal details, and if you want to make some changes, from the initial stage when you set up your account, then you can just add those changes in right here. But the most important thing is to choose your Payout Method. So to do that, you just need to scroll to the bottom, and you can see a tab here that says, Payment Information, and click on Edit.

And then on that page, you can always change your payment threshold. A payment threshold is basically the amount in US dollars that your affiliate commissions need to reach before ClickBank actually issues a check out under your name. So there are a few reasons why you may want to edit this, but mostly it's all about cash flow. You can just click here and you can see that you can request a check for as low as $10. But the problem is, in some cases, when you take into consideration the bank account charges that you may incur to cash in this check, and that may not make getting $10 check such a great idea in the first place. So, if you may not need your money urgently, then you can always set a higher payment threshold. For example, if I set the amount at $250, this means that any commissions I earn in this ClickBank account will be accrued and will be put into my account until it has reached US $250, and then I would get paid by check.

So once you are happy with the changes, you can always click on Save Changes, and that will bring you back to the main account page, and you can see all the other links here, which are mostly for product vendors in ClickBank. So with the same ClickBank account, you can add both as an affiliate and as a product vendor and actually sell your products on ClickBank itself.

And lastly, once you start making sales, then you can click on the Reporting tab to see details of your affiliate sales or sales of your own product, for that matter. And you can also click on Resources and Help Center for more information on how to use your ClickBank account.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to generate a ClickBank Hoplink for the products that you want to promote on ClickBank, and also how to insert that Hoplink into your blog post using WordPress. So the first thing you will need to do is to check out what products are available on ClickBank marketplace, and you can do that simply by clicking on the Marketplace link right on top.

Next, you can either select the categories to browse all the products available in that category, and you can also choose some of the sub-categories. So first, let's select a category, I'm going to select Health and Fitness. And then, I'm going to select a sub-category, and I'm going to click on… Beauty. Okay. So, and then, click on Go, to search for all available products in the ClickBank Marketplace.

And then you can simply browse all the available products in that category, and just by looking at the individual products, you can see some of the very important information here.

Now let's go to some of the information - the first is the amount of commissions that you get for a sale of that particular product. So in case of Tattoo Me Now, you can see that for each copy of this product that I sell as an affiliate, I would get $19.58 as commissions.

Some products have recurring billings and if a particular product has a Recurring Billing Option, then you would see the future amount earned as well. In this case, there is no future amount earned, which means that this is a one-time payment product.

And here you will be able to see the amount of percentage commission paid for each sale. So, in this case, it is 75 percent per sale of Tattoo Me Now. And then you can see the percentage of sales referred by affiliates. This would mean that for Tattoo Me Now, 66 percent of all sales are referred by affiliates, and the rest are referred by search engine traffic, and so on.

And finally, you can see gravity, and so for Tattoo Me Now, the gravity is 170.09. Now, gravity basically means how many individual affiliates have made money promoting this particular product in a given period of time. So if you want to see the actual sales page for Tattoo Me Now, you can just click on 'view pitch page,'…and you can see the actual sales page of the product that you're gonna promote, and this is probably one of the most important things you need to do to make sure that the sales page looks presentable, interesting, and it also shows you if you're going to make sales easily for this product.

But in any case, if you see products like these, with a good percentage commission per sale, and percentage of sales made by affiliates is high, and also the gravity is high, then it's probably a product that's worth promoting. So, how to promote this product? Firstly, you need to get the Hoplink. So just click on Create Hoplink.

And then enter your ClickBank nickname and the Tracking ID. Okay, so make sure the ClickBank nickname is correct, and you can leave Tracking ID as blank, or if you have multiple websites you use to promote the same product, then you may want to put in a Tracking ID.

Okay? And then click Create.

Okay, so, your ClickBank Hoplink for this particular product has been created. Now, you would not see your actual ClickBank ID over here, because this is encrypted as late link. So what you need to do is make sure you select the entire link here, and then just copy that link. And on your WordPress blogs dashboard, just click on Post and click on Add New Post. This, I'm gonna give my post a title.

And then, there are basically two ways you can put your ClickBank affiliate links onto a new post in WordPress. The first, of course, is to just place the entire link here. Right? Which would display the actual affiliate link, and the second option is to actually hyperlink certain texts in your post to this particular affiliate link, and I'm going to show you how to do that. Okay, so basically what I've done is I've just added a paragraph of text. Now I want to link Tattoo Me Now to that particular affiliate, so I just highlight the text that I want to use, and then click on Insert Edit Link…

Okay, and in the link URL field, I want to paste this URL here, and if I want users who click on this link to be taken to the actual product page in a new browser window, then I can just select Target, and select Open Link here. Okay? And when that's done, just click on Insert. And now you can see that Tattoo Me Now, the text Tattoo Me Now, is hyperlinked to your…is hyperlinked to the actual Tattoo Me Now product using your ClickBank affiliate link.

So what I'm going to do now is I'm gonna click on Publish. Then I'm going to click on View Post to just have a preview of how my new post would look like.

Okay, so here you can see, in the first example, I've just basically just put the entire affiliate link here, and I won't recommend that you actually do this because firstly it looks messy and it's not really a very professional way to recommend affiliate products. I would recommend that you do it - the second option, which is to link certain text within the content of your blog post itself to the affiliate. And now you can see that the affiliate link blends in perfectly to the content of my blog post, which actually performs much better and will make a lot more affiliate sales on ClickBank by doing it this way. So that's how you get a ClickBank affiliate link and put it onto a WordPress post.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to create your own ClickBank HopAd using the HopAds Builder. First thing you need to do is login to your ClickBank account. And then you can either click on Account Settings and there should be a tab there for HopAd Builder, or you can also, if you see the HopAd Builder box right here and a link that says Learn More, well you can click on that as well.

So there are basically two types of HopAds. The first is a Text Only Builder, which basically displays very simple ad that look like Google AdSense or most other ad that you find out there. And then there's also the Tabbed Ad Box Builder, which allows you to build a more complex ad and also have several different categories of products.

First I'm gonna build the basic text ad. Just click on Get Started.

Okay, so what you need to do is enter the keyword of the products that you want to display, and I'm going to enter 'golf,' that's my keyword, and then your affiliate nickname, which is filled in by default, but just make sure that that's correct, and any Tracking ID if you happen to be promoting or building ads for different websites, you may want to enter Tracking ID as well.
Okay? And then you can choose to display maximum number of ads, which basically displays all available products in that particular category, or display only the top-selling or the best products. Okay? So I'm just gonna leave it as default, and then I'm gonna scroll to the bottom and click on Next.

So on this screen, I can add more customization options to my ad and I can also see the preview of how the actual ad would look like.

So the first thing you need to do is select and add layout based on the position on your website or on your blog that you want to put in these ads, and there are many different layouts which are pretty similar to Google AdSense or most other popular advertising comments on the Internet today. So I'm gonna select the very basic banner… and you can see now that the ad preview shows me the banner for my ad. However, I can customize this further by selecting the number of rows, number of columns, and I can also edit the width, the height, and most importantly, I can make this ad match the overall color scheme of my blog by editing some of the colors here. So, for example, if I wanted to select a different background color, I can just select Pick, and then I can choose yellow…

…and you can see that the background of my ad is now yellow. So I can continue to change the colors of the link and the text if I want to. I can even select different types of fonts, font sizes, and I can also edit the alignment of this text; so for example, if I want to put it to center, and then finally choose to open the links in a new window of, or on the existing window itself. So I'm gonna leave it as _blank (New Window), and click on Next.

Okay, and then there are two different formats for the ad display options, the first is IFRAME, and it's reached in here that this is the recommended format, so I'm going to select IFRAME, but if you're an advanced user, you can also select this text.

And then I'm going to just highlight everything here. I'm gonna copy that. And now, I'm gonna show you how to put that into a WordPress blog. The easiest way, of course, is to put it into some of your existing posts. And I'm gonna put it into the default Hello World post by clicking on Edit. And I'm gonna choose the HTML version of the Text Editor instead of the original version. So okay, now we see just the HTML. And then I'm gonna paste the entire code here. And then finally, I'm gonna click on Update Post. Okay, so my post has been updated and I'm just gonna view that post to see how the ads look like. I'm gonna click on View Post.

Right, and here you can see your default Hello World blog post and the ClickBank ad that we just created using the HopAd Builder earlier, and this how your ClickBank ad will look like on your blog.

There are of course a few other ways you can put the ads onto your WordPress blog. The second option is to use the WordPress text widgets and just edit those widgets in the widgets section of your dashboard, and the third method is to manually edit the theme files, and this is recommended for more advanced users; you can edit the theme files to make sure that this ad appears very, very uniformly on your entire blog, according to the placements where you put those ads.

But first, I'm gonna show you how to create the other type of ad, which is the Tabbed Ad Box Builder. So just click on Get Started. And you can see that this is a much more advanced ad format where there are a few tabs at the top, and you can actually click on those tabs and see the corresponding product. So this type of ad is pretty useful if you have some sort of portal websites and you may want to display different product categories that are related to each other in different tabs. So the first thing you need to do is…give the title for the individual tabs.

So since I'm gonna keep all of this related, I'm going to select topic…topics from the Health section…

Okay, I guess that should do it. And then also make sure that your tabs have the correct keywords. So in most cases, if I want products in the Weight Loss category and then I just type in Weight Loss. Alright, so my second tab I wanted to display products from the Aging sub-category, so I'll type in Aging. Alright? Or other related keywords to get even more targeted at, and then make sure your nickname is correct and you can enter your Tracking ID if you want, and then click on Next.

Okay, so here you can see the preview of my ad and now I have a few tabs: Weight Loss, Aging, and Education. Right? And in this section here, I can actually customize to add further to match my WordPress blog. So if you want to put this on a blog site bar, then perhaps, 300 is a bit too wide, and I can just change it to 180, and I can put 6 rows in here. And now you can also customize the colors, but unlike the previous type of ad, you can only select from some of the predefined options here. So I'm gonna select 'monochrome.' Okay, so it says here, the width must be at least 250, so I'm gonna go for that minimum, and then I'm gonna select monochrome, I can select a font name, font size, and also the target window for this, and then I'm gonna click on Next.

Okay, so here you can see my new ad and also the script that I need to copy… copy this entire script, and then I'm gonna put it onto my WordPress blog again, but this time, I'm gonna put it into the widgets section, so just click on Appearance, click on Widgets. So here, you can see all the available widgets and some of the sidebars. If your blog theme has only one sidebar, then you will only see one box, or otherwise you may see two boxes.

Now, what you need to do is look for the text widget, and then just drag that, and put it where you want…widget to up here, and then I'm gonna paste the entire code into here. I can give my widget a title. Okay? And then I'm gonna click on Save… and then I'm gonna preview my blog so you can see that now, the entire ad appears in this section here, right? Unfortunately, this ad is a bit too wide for my sidebar using this particular team, but some teams may have wider sidebars, so you may want to choose carefully which type of ClickBank ad you want to create using the HopAds Builder, and you can always customize the colors, etc., to match the layout, the orientation, and the color scheme of your blog.

Affiliate Marketing is one of the easiest ways to make money from your blog. By signing up for related affiliate programs and promoting related products from your WordPress blog, you can easily earn commissions on auto pilot. However, if you plan to promote a lot of different affiliate products from a single blog, then you need some sort of help to manage your affiliate links.

One of the best available commercial plugins that helps you manage affiliate links and also convert keywords on your blog instantly into affiliate links is the Ninja Affiliate Plugin by MaxBlogPress. Keep in mind, however, that this is a commercial plugin so you will be required to pay for this plugin and it's not like the other free plugins available at WordPress.org. So what you can do is go to the Ninja Affiliate sales page and you can watch a video here to see exactly what Ninja Affiliate does, and there's also some descriptions and screen shots here as well, and then you need to click on the other link and make a payment of 97 US dollars to get your MaxBlogPress Ninja Affiliate Plugin.

Once you have made a payment for the plugin, you can then log in to the members' area, and then you can download the MaxBlogPress Ninja Affiliate in a zipped file and also the user manual in pdf. You'll need to download the zipped file and then unzip it and upload the entire plugin folder to your WordPress blog to install this plugin manually.

Once you have installed the plugin, just go to your plugins page and look for the MaxBlogPress Ninja Affiliate and just activate that. When the plugin has been activated, you can search for the plugin under the Tools section, and then you would see MBP Ninja Affiliate. So click on that link. Now what you can see here is the main screen for your affiliate link settings. Now let's look at a sample content from this particular blog. So, let's take the word Bankruptcy, and I want to automatically change this keyword, 'bankruptcy,' into affiliate links throughout my entire WordPress blog.

So I'm gonna click on Add New Link, and then I'm gonna give this link a name, and then I'm gonna put the actual affiliate link in this column right here. And then I'm going to specify a new Ninja link. This is the redirect link that users would see and when they click on this redirect link they'll be taken to the actual affiliate link.

You can also group your affiliate links, so for example, if you're promoting all our Clickbank products, then you may want to add a new group and call it Clickbank. And then there's an option to cloak your affiliate links. By cloaking your affiliate links, you actually hide the actual URL in the browser window. So I'm gonna cloak it, and instead of letting people see the actual URL, I'm just gonna put in some text, and then I'm gonna convert some keywords on my blog automatically to this particular affiliate link.

So you can put as many different keywords as you want, each on a line by itself. But for this example, I'm just going to use one keyword to show you how it works. And then you can also choose to modify the status bar text of your browser window, but in most cases, this is probably not necessary, and then you can overwrite the global settings which I'll show you later for a particular affiliate link. So, once you're done, just click on Add Link.

So you can see that this link has been added. So now, let's take a look at the sample article from my blog, and let me refresh this, and before I do, you can see that there are currently only 3 links on this particular article. And I'm going to refresh the article. Okay, so what you can see here is that all keywords, all 'bankruptcy' keywords - for example, this one here, this one here, and the third keyword here now have been automatically converted to my affiliate link, and that's essentially how the MaxBlogPress Ninja Affiliate Plugin works. You put in the affiliate link in the Settings page and you specify the keywords on your blog, and any keyword on your blog on any article in your blog will automatically be converted to your affiliate link.

Now, let's take a look at some of the Ninja links option. In the Options page you can choose to display only a certain number of the exact same keyword per post or per comment on your blog. Now, if you want an unlimited amount of keywords to be replaced or to be converted to your affiliate link, then you can leave it at the default value of negative one. However, if I only want one keyword in a particular post or comment to be converted to a particular affiliate link, then I just put in one right here.

As you add more affiliate links and specify more keywords to be converted automatically to your affiliate links, then you may also find a lot of different keywords on the same post which are automatically converted via the MaxBlogPress Ninja Affiliate Plugin. So if you want to control the amount of links on a particular page or post, then you can just put in the amount of links right here.

Next, you can choose to open Ninja links in a new window, and you can also choose to use the No Follow tag for Ninja links or not. And finally, if you want any keywords that are automatically converted to affiliate links using this plugin to have a custom link formatting, then you can just check that option here, and then you can select the font color that you want to use, okay, and you can also select the font family and the font size, and some styling options, you can choose to bold it, to make it Italic, or also to underline the particular affiliate link.

Next, if you only want to use the Ninja link feature on blog posts and exclude it from blog pages, then you can check this option here, and you can also choose to exclude the Ninja links from working on selected categories on your blog. So you can just choose the categories that you want to exclude Ninja links from. In the example I'm showing you here, there's only one category. However, your blog may have multiple categories, so you can just make your selection in this particular section here.

Now, although Ninja Affiliate automatically converts keywords on your blog to affiliate links, you can also just use it as a regular affiliate link-tracking solution. So if you do not want the keywords to be converted automatically, you can just choose this option here to disable that particular function alone. However, any keywords that you link to manually would still be working perfectly in the Ninja Affiliate Plugin, and then just click on Save Options.

Okay, so let's take a look at the previous article again, and you can see that 3 keywords have been converted to my affiliate link, and after I have edited the settings, let's take a look at that particular page again. Alright, so you can see for this particular blog content, although the keyword 'bankruptcy' appears many times on this particular article, only one keyword in this article is converted automatically to my affiliate link and you can see the custom formatting that I have applied here, I have chosen to bold the text and make it red. So that's how you use the Ninja Affiliate Plugin on your WordPress blog. It can be used either as a regular affiliate link-tracking solution, in which case you would need to specify the links and then create manual links to make it work on your blog, or you can choose to automatically convert keywords to your affiliate links.

In this video, I'm gonna give you an overview of Commission Junction. Commission Junction is an affiliate network similar to Clickbank, PayDotCom, etc. Through Commission Junction, you can promote multiple merchants and products to earn affiliate commissions. All you need to do is create a free account. To get started with Commission Junction, just go to www.cj.com, and you will see the Commission Junction interface. If you scroll down, there's some information here that you can read about Commission Junction's services for affiliates, or if you're a media company, you can also sign up for the media program, but in this video, I'm gonna focus on the affiliate marketing aspect.

So to get started with Commission Junction, just click on Get Started. In the next step, you have 2 options - to sign up as a publisher, or to sign up as an advertiser. So, Commission Junction calls affiliate marketers "publishers". So click 'Yes, I am a publisher', and then scroll down. 'Do you already have a publisher account?' Click 'No, I am a new client', then click Submit. In the next step, select your preferred language, then select your country. Next, select your functional currency. So Commission Junction is able to pay you in US dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds, euro, and also the Swedish krona. So in most cases, you would just select USD, then click on Next.

In Step 2 of the application process, you would have to go through Commission Junction's service agreement to read your terms and conditions. Now if you noticed that the check box over here is disabled, so that forces you to read the Terms and Conditions; you just have to click on the Terms and Conditions box, and read it all the way to the end; then click Accept; and now, this little check box here will be checked.

Next, there is the Code of Conduct. So you can click on the link here to read the Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct is the guideline for what you can and cannot do as an affiliate. Check that box. Next is you scroll down, there's the Privacy Policy, so again, you can click on the link here to read more, then click the check box over here. Next is the Age Certification, right? So Commission Junction requires that all affiliates be at least 18 years of age. Check that. Next is the Certification of Authority. So again, this is some legal mumbo-jumbo here...check this box. And here comes the most important information - it's for you to enter your website or newsletter name; your website URL here; and also a description of your website.

So Commission Junction will approve your application if you already have a website. If you don't have a website or a blog yet, then I would recommend that you first go ahead and set up your new website and blog, and put in some content as well before you apply for a Commission Junction account. Once you have filled up your site details, go to Category, and select the most appropriate category for your website. Now, you may have several websites, but all you need to do is submit the best website that you have, and select the correct category. Select your current monthly unique visitors. UV stands for unique visitors. So to find out how many UVs your site gets, you can check your stats program - for example, all stats in your cPanel account, or even your Google Analytics account.

Next, you have to define your promotional methods. Promotional methods basically mean how you plan to drive traffic to the Commission Junction merchants and make affiliate commissions. So in most cases, you'll probably be doing a little bit of all of these things here. So just check the appropriate ones.

Next, if you scroll down...this section here asks you, "Does your website offer incentives to visitors, donate a portion of proceeds to charity or require special approval from advertisers?" So in most cases, if you have a simple content website, click No; but if you're doing some kind of coupon site or any promotional website that offers incentives, then do click Yes and provide the description of your program here.

Next, put in your first and last name, your title or function in your organization, your phone number, your email address, enter your email address again - the same email address for verification - and under company information, put in your company name. Now, if you're not operating under an organization name, then just use your name again over here...enter your full name...and then your company address, your city or town, your state, province, or country; now this will be customized, depending on the country that you selected earlier; your postal code; your organization phone number; organization fax number; and the currency has been determined in the previous step.

Now, one of the most important things here is the payment information or how you will receive your commission payments for sales made through Commission Junction. Now, Commission Junction offers two payment methods; unfortunately, PayPal is not one of them. The first is by check, and the second is by direct deposit. So if you select Check, make sure you enter the correct payee's name here, and then select the currency for your check. The check will be sent to the address - the organization address - that you have specified above. If you select Direct Deposit, then you would need to enter your bank account information. Now, Commission Junction allows payment to multiple different currencies in multiple different bank accounts. So you can only use the direct deposit feature if you are from any of these countries over here. So I'm gonna change that back to Check.

Next, "Enter the characters into the box below" - this is a verification to prevent spam submissions. So once you have filled up this entire form, click on accept terms, and your Commission Junction account will be created, pending approval. Normally, it would take a few days for you to receive email confirmation from Commission Junction that your account has been approved, and then you can log in to your account and continue to get links to promote the products and services in Commission Junction.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to find new merchants and advertisers to promote in Commission Junction. Once you're logged in to your Commission Junction account, you will see the Commission Junction home page as I am showing you here. So, right away, you will be able to see all the new advertisers that are coming in to the Commission Junction network, and there are usually several new advertisers per week, as you can see here, that join the Commission Junction network. However, to find all available advertisers, click on Get Links. If you know the name of the advertiser or the merchant, then just enter the name here, and click on Find. Otherwise, the most logical thing to do is to browse through the advertiser categories and find the category that is most suited to your website. So in this case, let's assume that my website is on children clothing, alright? So I'm gonna go to 'Clothing/Apparel', and I can either click on the main category here, or if I know exactly what I'm looking for, I can click on to the subcategories. In this example, I'm gonna click on 'Children's.'

So here, you can see all the available merchants in this category. So very quickly, I'm gonna explain to you exactly what you're looking at here. In the first column here, you will see the name of the advertisers; the second column is the 3-month earning per click. Although it says 'EPC', earning per click means the earnings per 1000 clicks. The third column is the 7-day EPC. So the difference between the 3-month EPC and the 7-day EPC is that the 7-day EPC shows you the performance of the individual merchants in the past 1 week, and the 3-month, of course, shows you the performance in the past 3 months. So this helps you determine exactly how a particular advertiser has been doing in the long run, and also in the short term.

In the fourth column here, you'll notice the green bars. Now, this is Commission Junction's way of showing you which merchants or which advertisers have the highest network earnings. Network earnings basically shows you the profitability of the merchants, and although Commission Junction doesn't publish the exact formula of how the network earnings is calculated, it is most probably an equation that shows you how many individual affiliates have made money promoting this particular merchant.

Then, in this column here, you'll be able to see the actual commissions paid by that particular advertiser. Now, advertisers can choose to pay you a commission per sale, commission per lead, or even a commission per click. So this is all combining to a single column, so for example...for 'Little Fashion Gallery FR', I can see that the commissions are between 5%-12% euro. And for 'Justice', I can see that the commission is 2% per sale. Alright? And there's also a performance incentive.

Some advertisers will pay you a higher commission rate if you produce more affiliate sales for them. To get more details on the commission, you can just click on the commission link, and that will open up a new window where you can see the actual terms of commission. So in this case, "The customer must complete an online purchase within our shopping cart at ShopJustice.com"...that's pretty standard...now, the Action Referral Period basically means the cookie period, or how long a sale will be credited to you. In this case, it's 14 days.

And then you can see the commissions, and here, you can see the performance incentive. So, "For Total Sales Amount equal to or greater than $500 USD..." your commission will be increased by 3.50% per action, and that goes on for the higher tiers.

Next, you can see the policies, individual advertisers will have different policies, and these policies are usually related to search engine marketing or PPC or pay-per-click marketing. So, what you can see here is basically the trademarks and other terms; trademarks that you are not allowed to bid on, and that appears under Protected SEM...SEM stands for 'search engine marketing'. So under no circumstances can you use these trademarks - the domain name, etc. - in your search engine marketing campaigns.

Right below that, you have the recommended SEM bidding keywords. Now, these are the keywords that this particular advertiser recommends that you bid on to make sales using search engine marketing. So you can read through the individual terms here; I'm gonna close that...now, if you wanna see more details on that particular advertiser, just click on the link for that advertiser, and you'll be able to see most importantly the contact person and the email address of the contact person when this particular advertiser has joined the Commission Junction network, a brief description here about exactly what the advertiser sells or offers, and some information on your commissions...okay? And then you'll be able to see the same information below that. So I'm gonna close this window.

Now, if you have absolutely no idea what niche market or ****06:36 that you're looking for, then you can always click on Advertiser List. Sometimes, you may want to do this if you wanna start a brand-new website, and instead of blindly creating a website, you wanna see the products or the type of offers that are doing really well in Commission Junction. So when you click on Advertiser List, you'll be able to see all the advertisers in Commission Junction.

Now, if you wanna sort by profitability to quickly see which niches are profitable, then of course, you can go to 3-month EPC for more stable results. Click on that, and you will see the list again, this time, sorted. If you want to check out the banners that are offered by the advertisers, you can click View Links...and over here, you can see all the available banners that you can quite easily grab those banners, and even text links, to put on your website or your blog.

So that's how easy it is to search for advertisers in Commission Junction to promote on your website or blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to apply to join the different publishers in Commission Junction. Now, unlike Clickbank or other affiliate networks, with Commission Junction, you still have to apply to the individual advertisers, and the individual advertisers can then approve or reject your application before you can start to promote your products for affiliate commissions. In the previous video, I've shown you how to find new merchants or advertisers in the Commission Junction network. So I'm gonna go through this pretty quickly; I'm just gonna click on Get Links, and then I'm going to click on the subcategory that I want; in this case, I'm just gonna select Handbags; and here, I can see all the related advertisers in the category of Handbags. So to apply to a particular advertiser, I can click on the name of the advertiser here - in this example, eBags - and then I can read the Advertiser Terms of Service, the commission rate, etc.; and if I scroll right to the bottom, I will see this link: Apply To Program. So I'm gonna click on that.

Now, in this case, this particular advertiser has chosen to approve publishers manually. So it says here, "Your application status will be set to 'Pending Application' and the advertiser will contact you if approved." Okay? So I have to wait for this advertiser to approve my affiliate status before I can start to promote his products or services.

Now, if you wanna speed up the process, then you can always contact the person listed under the contact information here. Commission Junction even provides the email address to you. Give them your Commission Junction ID, let them know that you have just applied to their affiliate program, and that will really speed up the amount of time it takes to get approved.

So as you can see here, the status says "No Relationship". So I'm gonna quickly refresh this page, and now you can see, the status is pending application. So you can apply individually to the advertisers, or if you want to apply to all the advertisers, then just select the advertisers that you wanna apply to, and click Apply To Program.

So as you can see, certain advertisers will approve you automatically. This basically means that they accept all Commission Junction affiliates. In this case, ModaQueen.com: "Congratulations, your application has been approved..." Now, the other two publishers have chosen to approve manually, so I'm gonna click Close...and now, I'm gonna refresh this page...and you can see that this particular advertiser is now active, and I can start to promote his products or services.

And you can do this for as many advertisers as you want, across any niche market that you want in Commission Junction.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to find specific products in the Commission Junction Affiliate Network, and how to get your affiliate linking code for that product. To find products or advertisers, click on Get Links. In the previous videos, I have showed you how to browse for new advertisers and also how to apply to the individual advertisers. So in this video, I'm just gonna go directly to the advertisers that already have a relationship with me. And to do that, I'm just gonna click on By Relationship.

Now, here you can see all the active advertisers in my account, and of course, I can also click on the pending offers and pending applications to view the pending advertisers, and I can also click on Publisher Expired or Advertiser Expired to see the advertisers who once approved my account but now have disabled my affiliate account.

So when I scroll down in this list, you can see that some advertisers would allow you to link to the individual products, whereas others do not. Now, how do I know? This is very easy to see - if an advertiser allows you to link to the individual product pages, then you should see a link here that says View Products. Okay? So I'm gonna show you an example here for Guitar Center. Now, if I just wanted to get the banners or regular affiliate links, I can click on View Links, and here I'll be able to see all the available banners; so if you wanna put banners on your blog or website, then this is the way to do it. Just click on Get HTML to get your banner links.

But what I want to do here is to get the individual product links. So to do that, I'm going to click on View Products. It says here that the advertiser "Guitar Center product catalog contains more than 1000 products. Narrow your search by using the keyword search field above." So this is very common, especially if you want to promote a big advertiser or an established advertiser with lots of products, then you will not see the entire list; instead, you have to enter specific keywords to search for the products. So in this case, I'm gonna enter the particular brand of the guitar as a product name, and then click on Find. This may take some time if the advertiser has tons of products. So I'm just gonna pause this video for a while...and now, you can see the individual products based on my search term. So let's say I want to promote - I want to send traffic to the specific page for Epiphone Les Paul Standard Plain Top Electric Guitar, so what I'm gonna do is click on Get HTML. And that will open up a new window. Now, to get the correct linking code, and to make sure that your statistics are accurate and actually tells you how your affiliate sales are made. First, you need to select the blog or website that you want to use this tracking code for. Okay, so I have several...next, you can set link to open in a new browser window - this is entirely optional. You can also choose to hide the tracking code in your link. Now, if you're worried that some other affiliates may steal or attempt to steal your commission by replacing your Commission Junction affiliate ID with their ID, then you can choose to hide the tracking code. Just click on Yes, and if you want, you can also choose to encrypt the link. But I'm not going to do that in this example.

So let's look at the options available for promoting specific products. Now, first of all, you will be given the image URL that you can use on your website or blog. So since you are an affiliate for this particular advertiser promoting his products, there should be no problem using the images as long as you use the ones provided by the advertisers themselves.

Next, you can see a form, if you want to use a form, but in most cases, you would just want to use a regular link. So this is your regular affiliate link. And if you scroll to the bottom, alright, you will also find other types of promotional links that you can use. So to get your affiliate link, you can click on Highlight Copy Code, and then just paste this code into your website or blog.

Now, if you know how to use HTML and you do not want to copy the entire thing, then this is the link that you're looking for. That is the link right there. The rest of the code is just some control features to control if the link opens in a new window, and what other status messages on mouse over, etc. But this is the basic affiliate link that you can use.

Now, you can also click on Get Javascript instead of the raw HTML version. Now, similar to the example I showed you before for the raw HTML, you have to select the blog that this tracking code is for, alright...and you can see here that instead of the raw HTML, you have the Javascript version. So you can use either code, and you can use the same method to link to individual product pages in Commission Junction.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to create SmartZones in Commission Junction. SmartZones are basically features in Commission Junction that allow you to automatically serve banner ads. To get started, log in to your Commission Junction account, then click on Get Links. Then, click on SmartZone Settings.

To get started, select the website that you want to associate with your new SmartZone. So I have several websites; I'm going to select the one that I have just created...okay, so there are no SmartZones for this particular site, so I'm gonna click on 'Create a new SmartZone for this Web site'. Now, I'm gonna give a name for this SmartZone...okay, you can give it whatever name you want, just make sure it's something you understand, then select the website that you want to associate this SmartZone with, and then select the type and size of links to be placed on this SmartZone.

So you can actually create many SmartZones for your website. Now, in this case, I want to create a SmartZone for only banner ads, but you can create SmartZones for banners, text links, and even product links. So, I'm going to select a size. You can also choose free-sized banners to allow banners of any size to fit into that SmartZone. But in this case, I'm gonna select Banner, and then click Save.

Now, my new SmartZone has been created. However, there are no banners in my SmartZone. So to add banners to my SmartZone, I can just click on Add Links. That will bring you back to the main page for the individual advertisers, but I'm going to go straight to advertisers that I've already signed up with by clicking on By Relationship. Now, I'm going to the advertiser that I want to get the banners for; in this case, it's Guitar Center, and I'm gonna click on View Links.   

Then, on this page, I'm going to select the banners that I want to add to my SmartZone. Alright, so I have already specified the banner size at 468 x 60 pixels, so I'm only going to select the banners that matched that particular dimension. However, I'm also gonna include a banner that does not fit into the SmartZone just to show you what happens. Once I've selected the banners that I wanna use, I can click on Select a SmartZone and select the SmartZone that I've just created, and click Add to SmartZone.

So I get a message here that says, "Ads can only be added to a SmartZone if you are a member of a publisher program and the ad matches the SmartZone type." I'm gonna click OK, so now, I'm back to the SmartZone that I created earlier, and you can see that 3 new banners have been added to my SmartZone. The fourth banner that I selected was not added to this SmartZone because I have specified the exact dimensions for this SmartZone and that banner just doesn't fit into this SmartZone.

So the next thing that you want to do is determine your traffic allocation by adjusting the weight of each banner. If you want to display all 3 banners equally, then make sure that the weight is 1. If you want to display certain banners more than the rest, then you can edit the weights over here. Once

Okay, so now, my SmartZone has been updated. Now, to put the SmartZone code on your blog or on your website, click on Get SmartZone Code. Now, all you need to do is copy this little Javascript here and put it into your blog or website, and the banners that you have put into this SmartZone will be automatically served and automatically rotated according to your traffic allocation.

So in the future, if you want to remove banners or add new banners, you do not need to log in to your WordPress blog or edit your website in any way. Since you have already put in the SmartZone code on your website, you can just log in to Commission Junction, go to this particular SmartZone, and then you can just select the banners that you want to remove, and remove those banners from the SmartZone by clicking on Delete Selected From SmartZone, or you can remove individual banners over here.

So, using the SmartZone feature in Commission Junction actually helps you to save a lot of time, especially if you manage multiple websites because all you need to do now is put in one simple code onto your blog or website and then you can manage banners in the future by not having to edit any part of your website at all.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to display banner ads on your WordPress blog using the Max Banner Ads WordPress Plugin. Now, this plugin is not listed in the WordPress.org directory, so you probably need to go to Google.com and search for "max banner ads". And then click on to the Max Banner Ads website…

…and on this website, you can watch a video to see how the Max Banner Ads plugin actually works, and then you can just click on Download Now to download the plugin, extract the plugin, and then upload it to your WordPress wp-content folder.

Once you have uploaded the plugin, then you can just look for it in your WordPress plugins page, and in this case, I'm actually using the Max Banner Ads PRO version of the plugin, which you can always purchase later. The only difference is that with the normal version, with the standard version, there is a link to the Max Banner Ads plugin itself. However, you can customize that link with your own ClickBank ID.

So what I'm gonna show you is the PRO version that does not have the photo links for the ads. I'm gonna activate this.

So the plugin has been activated, and to actually use the Max Banner Ads plugin, you need to click on Tools and click on Max Banner Ads or Max Banner Ads PRO, depending on which version you're using.

So to display banners on your WordPress blog, you need to create different zones, and each zone would actually specify where that banner would appear as in the position of your blog, and also on different pages or posts.

So by default, there are already four different zones created in the Max Banner Ads plugin, and the first is within the post itself, as a Sidebar Widget, Top of the First Post, and Bottom of the Last Post. So you can always go ahead and create more ad zones if you want, but I'm just gonna show you how to use the existing ad zones and add banners to it.

I'm gonna add a banner to the ad zone no. 2, which is the Top of the First Post. So to add a new banner, you just click on the plus icon here…and I'm gonna give this banner a name. I'm gonna call it Test 1. So for the actual banner itself, I can either specify a banner URL, or I can upload a banner from my computer, or I can even upload a banner from the URL itself. So I'm gonna show you how to upload a banner from your computer. You can just browse for that banner…alright, so I'm gonna select this banner here, okay…and then put in the link that you want this banner to link to. So if this is an affiliate banner, then you probably wanna put the affiliate link right in here.

I'm just gonna enter this URL for the sake of showing you how this works; and if I want this banner to open up in a new window, I'm gonna click on this…okay? And you'll probably notice that there's also several advanced options available, so if you click on Advanced Options, you can actually give the banner image itself a title, and you can make it a Follow or No Follow. So by default, it is sent as No Follow.

Okay, so I'm gonna go ahead and save this banner right here…okay. So now, let's look for that banner…right. And you can see this is the banner that I just uploaded. In fact, if you put your mouse over the thumbnail of the banner, you can see the actual banner itself.

And right next to it, I can see some of the statistical data - let's scroll up…right. So the first thing that you can see is the amount of impressions generated by this banner; the amount of clicks; and also the click-through rate.

Okay, so if I want to disable a specific banner, then I can just click on this icon here, to turn it from active to inactive.

Let's try putting in Google AdSense codes into our Max Banner Ads. So what I'm gonna do is - of course, I've already created the AdSense code, so what I'm gonna do is I'm just gonna copy this code here, and in Max Banner Ads, I'm just going to select the zone that I want to put the AdSense codes, so I'm gonna put it on the sidebar widget zone, so I'm just gonna click here to add a new ad…okay.

So this is not a banner ad, so you don't want to select Banner Ads. Instead, you should select Other Text Ads/Flash/Javascript; and it says here, 'Adsense, Adbrite, etc.' So what you're gonna do now is paste the entire AdSense code here…okay, I'm gonna give it a name - Adsense 1 - and of course, I have selected to put it in the sidebar widget zone, but I can also select the zone from here. Now, I'm gonna click on Save.

Okay, so now, on the sidebar widget, you can see that my AdSense banner has been added, but of course since this is not a regular banner ad, you wouldn't be able to preview the banner ad as you would be able to do with something like this.

So now, what you need to do is click on Appearance and click on Widgets, and we are going to put the sidebar widget, which contains the AdSense ad, into my blog's sidebar. Okay, so you can see the sidebar over here and it's empty at the moment; and I'm just gonna look for the Max Banner Ads sidebar widget. I'm gonna drag that and drop it in the sidebar area.

Okay, so now, I can give this a name, okay? And I can also select alignment if I want it to be center, left, or right, or I can choose to randomize it. And if you know how to handle CSS codes, then you can also put in your custom CSS code here. Okay?

So I'm just gonna select alignment as Fixed, and then I'm gonna click on Save.

So now, let's take a look at the actual blog itself, and here, you can see the banner ad that I put into one of the zones. And here, in the sidebar area, you can see the Google Ads, as well as the title that I've given earlier.

So that's really how Max Banner Ads works. And if you want to rotate more than one ad in a particular zone, then all you need to do is keep on adding new ads to that zone. So for example, if I wanna rotate more than one banner in this zone here - Zone 2 - Top of the First Post, then you can just continue to add more banners over there.

Now, using Max Banner Ads, you can also edit the style of the individual zones or individual ads themselves. I'm gonna show you how to edit the style of this zone, Zone 2, just click on the pencil icon here to edit.

Okay, so most importantly, you can give this zone a name - a more meaningful name - if you want to. And then you can adjust the alignment, and this alignment that you set here will apply to all ads in that particular zone, unless you have specified a custom style for individual ads.

And here, you can overwrite the location of the ads. So for example, if you don't want this ad to appear at the top of the first post, and you want it to appear within the post, then you can just select within the post itself, and you can choose to show it in all posts or a selected number of posts only. And then if you want to temporarily disable a particular zone, you can just click here and choose on.

Disable that ad temporarily, and then you can just…if you look at this section here, and it shows you that this zone is currently inactive.

So that's how easy it is to handle banner ads and Google AdSense ads, and almost any other type of ads on your blogs, using Max Banner Ads plugin for WordPress.

Text-link-ads.com is a great way for you to make additional money from your blog, and it's really simple - all you need to do is sign up as a publisher at text-link-ads.com, and then put some code onto your WordPress blog, and your WordPress blog will automatically be listed in the Text Link Ads inventory system, and advertisers will be able to buy link spots directly on your blog.

So in this video, I'm going to show you how to sign up for a Text Link Ads account, and also how to submit your blog. Text Link Ads actually appeal to three different groups of people. So if you're an advertiser; if you have a product or service to sell, then you can also buy text links from text-link-ads.com. But if you are a publisher and you have a blog, you wanna make money from your blog, then click on Publishers, and on the left here, you can see a link that says 'Get started right away! Sign up in under 1 minute.' So what you need to do is put in your first name, last name, email address, and then click on 'Complete Registration.' And you'll probably be required to validate your email address. Once that's done, then you can just log in to Text Link Ads and submit your blog.

Once you log in to the Publisher dashboard, you should be able to see all the latest active sites if you have any, but if this is your first time using Text Link Ads, then what you need to do is enter your site URL over here, and then right below that, it says 'Does your site use one of the following?' Drupal 6+, Drupal 5.x, etc., so in this list, you'll also find WordPress 2.x and above. So if you have a WordPress blog, click on 'Yes', and then click on 'Continue with Step 2'.

Now it says that my site has been submitted, and I will receive an email notification if my site was accepted or declined into the Text Link Ads marketplace.

Now, it's important to understand that in order to start making money from Text Link Ads, you must have an existing blog, and it will be great if your blog already has quite a number of content - at least 20 to 30 different posts or pages of content, and also Text Link Ads have their own ranking mechanism. So your site may or may not be accepted to the marketplace, depending on the age of your website, as well as how much of traffic you get, etc. But if you do not get accepted the first time around, then you can just focus on building more content, adding more links and getting more traffic, and then re-apply again to Text Link Ads.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to add the Text Link Ad codes onto your WordPress blog. Once your site has been approved into the Text Link Ads marketplace, then you should see it under the general listings page. There are several blogs here that are blocked out…okay. So once you have your blogs listed, look for this section here - it says 'Select an Action'. Okay, click on that, and…click on 'Get Ad Code'.

Then you'll probably see a screen like this that says, "Customize Your Plugin," "Please select the programming language or CMS used on your website". So if you're using a WordPress blog, the process is really straightforward. You don't need to understand programming at all. Just look for WordPress here - Wordpress 2.x, and then click on 'Take me to Step 2'.

Next, you're asked if you want to display ads between post summaries on your home page. What this means is that you can also - instead of just displaying all your ads above all the content, or below all the content - you can also display the text link ads between your blog posts. So if you wanna do that, you can just select Yes, but in most cases, when you're getting started, I recommend that you just click on No, and use the more traditional widget. And then you'll get a message here that says, "Do you plan to use our sidebar widget?" If you are using a WordPress blog, WordPress already has a widget section, so you definitely want to enable widgets. So make sure you select Yes, and then click on Generate Code.

On the final screen here, you'll see the WordPress 2.x installation instructions. And since you selected WordPress, they are not going to give you the raw programming codes. Instead, they're going to give you the WordPress plugin that you have to download and install just as you would with any other WordPress plugin, which is, if you're doing it manually, you need to use an FTP program and then upload the plugin to wp-content/plugins/.

If you scroll down, right at the bottom, then you will see a link here that says 'Download WordPress'. And this is the zipped file that you need to download. Once you download the zipped file, you need to extract the zipped file, and then using an FTP program, upload the contents of that zipped folder into your WordPress blog.

So I'm gonna click on 'Save File'. Once you have uploaded the plugin, when you log in to your WordPress dashboard and you click on the plugins link, you should be able to see a new plugin called Text Link Ads. So just activate that plugin, and once it has been activated, then you can just go to Appearance and click on Widgets. On your main widgets page, you should see a list of all the available widgets. And if you scroll down, you should also be able to see the Text Link Ads widget over here.

So all you need to do is just click, drag, this widget and drop it into the sidebar area and location where you want the text link ads to appear. Now, I'm gonna show you an example of how the text link ads will look like once you have put the widget in place and also once your account is approved and you have sold some links to your account.

 If you look at this section here under Recommended Sites, now, these are the links that I have sold via text-link-ads.com. So they look really like any other regular link on your blog, except that they are, in fact, paid links via text-link-ads.com.

In this video, I'm going to show you a very cool WordPress plugin that you can use to create membership sites. And that plugin is called WishList Member. To find this plugin, you can just go to Google, and type in 'wishlist member' and do a search for that. And the actual URL is at member.wishlistproducts.com.

On the main sales page for WishList Member, you can watch the YouTube video over here to see how it works, and then you can also have a brief overview of all the features. Now, WishList Member is one of the more advanced membership site plugins that are specifically designed to be used with WordPress. So needless to say, you'll find a lot of features like unlimited membership level, simple installation and integration with WordPress blogs, flexible membership options, sequential content delivery, which is a very popular system among a lot of membership site owners, and a lot of other things as well that you can read on the main page itself.

Now, let's look at the pricing for WishList Member. So if you wanna run WishList Member on a single WordPress blog - on a single domain - then you can just get the Single Site License, which is, at the moment of this video, USD97. Or if you have multiple sites, then you can get the Multi-site License for USD297. So I'm just gonna click on Single Site License.

And on the second Order Page, or Step 2 of the Order Page, you'll probably see an additional promotion where you can get three licenses for the price of two, or this…the actual promotion may be different while you are viewing the actual website at the moment.

So I'm going to scroll down, and I'm gonna pass on this offer and click on No, Thanks…for just a Single Site License.

Next comes the actual final order page, so once you have filled up your personal information over here, and also selected the payment method - credit card or PayPal - and then you have made a payment; then what you should receive in your email - so it's very important that you check your email - what you should receive in your email is your login details to the WishList Customer Area, and also your license key for your WishList Member installation.

So when you check your email account, and you should receive an email like this, with the product key over here, and also your WishList Member purchase details, the amount you licensed, purchase date, etc., and the download URL. So this particular download URL is already included with your license key.

So to download WishList Member, you can just click on that URL, and then save the zip file to your computer.

Once you have extracted the zip file, and then you'll basically end up with a folder like this that says, 'wishlist-member,' and inside that folder, you should see all the actual files. So what you need to do is connect via FTP to your WordPress blog and then click on to wp-content, and go to Plugins, and then just upload the entire WP wishlist-member folder to the plugins folder.

Once all the files have been uploaded via FTP, then you can just log in to your WordPress blog, go to Plugins and click on Installed, and you should see the WishList Member plugin over here, and what you need to do is click on Activate to activate the plugin.

Once the plugin has been activated, then in your left column over here, you should see, a new box appears that says WL Plugins, and under that, you can click on WL Member. Now you need to enter the WishList Products Key in this section, and also the email address that you use when making a purchase from WishList products.

Once you've entered both the product key and the email, then you can just click on Save WishList Products Key. And now, your WishList Member plugin has been activated in WordPress, and at the moment, you'll see that there are zero members, so in the next video, we'll take a look at how to set up different membership levels.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create multiple levels of membership using the WishList WordPress plugin. So once you have WishList WordPress plugin installed, then you can just click on Membership Levels…

WishList Member allows you to have multiple levels of membership, but you need to start with at least one membership level in order to use the plugin effectively. So I'm just gonna call my first membership level as Silver, and then I'm going to select the default role that I'm going to give to any members of this membership level. So by default, you'll be giving the role of subscriber to all members, and if you want members for this particular membership level to be able to create new content on your WordPress blog, then you can select Contributor, and if you want them to be able to publish content themselves, then you can select Author; and if you want users to be able to create and edit not only their content but also other users' content, then you can select the Editor level. But I'm gonna leave it as Subscriber for now.

Next, you can select the Registration Page for this membership level. So to make it more meaningful, I'm gonna replace the default characters here with the words Silver. Okay? And then once customers have purchased this particular membership level, where do you want to take them to? So if you created a special page, a Thank-You page, etc., then you can select the page from here, but for now, I'm gonna select Home Page, so I'll bring them back to the Home Page once they have successfully signed up for that membership. And also select Home Page for after registration and after log in, alright.

And then, what kind of access do you want to give to the members of this particular level? So if you want them to be able to read all content on your blog and also comment on your blog, then just select everything, and next, the length of subscription. So how long should this membership level be active before it should be renewed? So if this is a lifetime membership, then you can either select Years and put in 10 Years or, you know, 3 Years, etc., or you can click on No Expiry Date, which means that it will never expire. But if this is a monthly recurring membership, then you may wanna change this to 1 Month, and so on.

So once I have created all information here, I'm gonna click on Save Settings. Okay, so now, you can see the first Silver membership level has been created. Now, what if I wanna create two more membership levels, and I'm gonna call them Gold and Platinum? Well, I can also just add all information here manually, or if this membership is very similar to an existing membership level, then I can just copy all the information from that particular membership level, and you can see here that the After Login and After Registration home page isn't saved. Of course, I can change this if I want to. Now, I'm going to customize the registration page, and I'm gonna give my membership level a name, I'm gonna call it Gold…and then, okay, so the information here is exactly the same as the previous Silver membership. Alright?

So if I wanna control access, I can also do it this way by editing the access capabilities, and then I'm gonna click on Save Settings.

Okay, and now, to show you another example, I'm going to create a membership level called Platinum, and I want to copy the entire settings from the Gold membership, so I'm gonna select Gold and click on Copy from Existing Membership Level. However, I want to award a different role to members of this Platinum membership, so I want them to be able to write their own content for my WordPress blog. Okay, and then I'm going to click on Save Settings.

Alright. And now, you can see that I have three membership levels already in my WordPress blog. So that's how easy it is to create multiple membership levels using the WishList Membership plugin for WordPress.

In this video, we're going to take a look at how to edit the settings for your WishList Member WordPress Plugin. Now, on the main dashboard screen, you'll probably see a link to Settings right above, and also a link right here. So I'm just gonna click on the Settings link, and by default, the first page that we'll be editing is the Configuration Page. So WishList Member allows you to highly customize the Thank You Pages and all the other pages that are related to your membership site.

First of all, what is the particular page that you want non-members to see? Now, how WL Member works is that it will protect certain blog posts and make those blog posts non-viewable to all non-members. So instead of just displaying an error message that you can also create a new WordPress page for all non-members trying to access protected content, and in that way, you can actually sell more memberships.

So I've already created a couple of pages, so I'm going to select from a page that I've created, okay…so I'm gonna select a page called Protected. Okay? And basically, on this page, I have written some simple but effective sales copy that says, "This content is protected; in order to access the content, please sign up now." Alright? So what if someone has already signed up for one of your membership levels, tried to access a particular content that is not included in his membership? Now, WL Member allows you to create multiple membership levels, so naturally, you may want to have some kind of hierarchy as to which content is accessible to which membership level. And in the case that someone has already signed up for a lower membership level and tries to access content that is only available to the more expensive or higher membership level, you can also select a page. In this example here, I've created a page called Upgrade. So basically, if someone in the lower membership level tries to access higher-level content, he will see this page telling him that this particular content is 'not available to your membership level, so please upgrade now'. Again, this is a brilliant opportunity for you to make more money from an existing member by inviting him to upgrade his membership level.

And sometimes, members may cancel their membership, and this is pretty - fairly common in a lot of membership sites - is that there's a high dropout rate, so some members, however, may have accidentally cancelled their PayPal subscription, etc. So if they try to access protected content when a membership has already been cancelled, then you may want to display a different page here. Okay?

So again, you can either select from a WordPress page that you've created, or you can also just type in the actual URL that you want to bring visitors to.

Next, you can select the After Registration page, okay, and also the After Login page, etc., and Custom Unsubscribe page.

Then, I can also set the Pending Period for New Registrations, but in most cases, you probably don't need to mess around with it, so just leave it blank. You can also leave the Minimum Password Length as it is, at 8 characters; and this is your RSS Secret Key. Okay, basically, all the members in your WordPress blog will be able to access or to see content made specifically available to them through your RSS Feed. But in order to do that, they have to put in this Secret RSS Key. You may just want to leave it as it is, and don't mess around with stuff like this if you're not really sure what you're doing.

Let's move on to the interesting parts. Okay. Do you want to show content only for each membership level? What this means is that once a user, for example, at a lower membership level - silver membership - has logged in to your membership site, do you want to show him only content available for his membership level, or all content? Now, remember earlier, we've specified some of the pages that encourage members to upgrade, and so on. So you may want to show members all content, and in the case where content is not for them or not for their membership level, they will see a page asking them to upgrade.

So I'm gonna select No; in fact, either default setting is No, so I'm gonna show all content to all logged-in members. And then, 'Do you want to hide protected content from search result?' Now, even though you have protected a particular page and made it available only to members, the search engines may still be able to index your page and to display that page when a user does a search, for example, on Google.com.

Now, in most cases, this is actually beneficial to you because you can get more search engine traffic based on search results, and if you do not want to list those pages on Google at all, then you can click on No, and let's quickly go through the rest of the settings here, okay. So, do you want to protect all content up to the "more" tags? And by default, this is put as Yes. So by default, when you create a new post on WordPress, you can insert the "more" tag which basically splits your content on your blog post into two parts. Any content before the "more" tag will be viewable to everyone who visits your site and all content after the "more" tag will be protected and will be available only to members. So I wanna check Yes for that.

And next - Do you want to automatically protect content by inserting the "more" tag if the "more" tag is not inserted into any post? Again, you can either manually insert the "more" tag which is the default setting here, or you can choose to automatically insert the "more" tag to all posts on your WordPress blog.

And let's look at the Default Protection - okay, so you can either select to protect all content on a WordPress blog by default, or you can select only specific blog posts as per the default settings.

And next, 'the text to display for content protected with private tags', okay. So this is basically done for you here, and there's no real reason to be changing any of this stuff. So let's move on to the next one - Default Login Limit. Now, although this is just one setting - one simple setting of the entire page - but it's really, really important because you may want to prevent your members from sharing your login details with someone else, or as a security measure, you may want to prevent leaked passwords or login details on forums, etc., and basically people getting content and access to a membership site for free without paying.

So the way to do it is to limit the IP addresses per day. So I'm really not sure what the reasonable limit would be, but personally, I think if in a single day, a single member has tried to access your membership site from three different IP addresses, then that would mean that there's a violation. They're either sharing the content or his password has been compromised. Okay?

And in the case that you limit the IP, you can put an error here: 'You have reached your daily login limit,' etc. If you wanna get an email notification whenever there is a new user registration, then make sure you check the Yes option; and then to prevent duplicate Shopping Cart registrations, you can either choose Yes or No, but let's leave it as default - No; and you can also allow members to update their information: their name, email address, and other details in their profile area.

And finally, to show the affiliate link in the footer…this affiliate link is the affiliate link for the WP WishList Membership plugin. So if you already have an affiliate ID, you can put it there, in this column here; or you can sign up for the affiliate program. But if you do not want to display any affiliate link at all, just choose no. And then click on Save Settings.

Okay, so now your main settings configuration has been updated and customized. Now, let's look at the other configuration settings here. Let's start with Email Settings. So basically, this page allows you to customize the email messages that are sent out to new members and existing members as well. So you can put in your real name and your actual email address over here; and let's look at the first email which is the registration email. So this is the email that members would get once they have registered for a membership site. Now this is the default email; you can leave it as it is. Most importantly, of course, make sure that you include the membership information like the username, password, and the login URL.

Now, you can also click on these insert fields right here - okay, to insert some other variables. So let's say I wanna customize this email…okay, so I want to let the user know exactly which membership he signed up for. So I'll put in here you have signed up for the [dash] membership and here, I'm gonna insert the membership levels, so I'm just gonna click on Insert Membership level.

Okay, and here you have signed up for the member level. And this will automatically be replaced by the actual membership level that the user has signed up for. And that's how you use the custom fields that you see in this section over here. Next, if you scroll down, you will also see the password retrieval or the Lost Info. This is very, very common. A lot of people forget their username and password. And they will be able to automatically either retrieve their username and password or to reset their password. So you may want to leave this as it is.

And finally, the New Member Notification. Now, this is an email sent to the Admin, which in most cases is you. So this really helps you to keep track of your sales and see who has registered for your membership site. Again, if you want more information, you can put in more information here, using some of the variables on the right-hand section. And then I'm gonna click on Save Settings.

Next on the Settings page is the registration page link, and basically, on this page, you can customize your registration page for different membership levels. So assuming I just selected a Silver membership, now I can add some HTML code to insert before the registration form itself, and some HTML code to insert after the registration form.

Now, if you know your own HTML and you have access to HTML or website-building tools like Dreamweaver or Composer, etc., then you can just create your own page or you can leave this blank, and next, just click on Advanced Settings.

Okay, so this Advanced Settings page is probably not for you if you are not familiar with CSS or HTML, but if you are familiar with CSS and HTML, then you can just add in your CSS in this section here, especially your Registration Form CSS and the Login Sidebar Widget CSS, etc.

Okay, so that's how you configure your Settings Page for your WishList Membership Site Plugin for WordPress.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create sequential upgrades using the WishList Member WordPress Plugin . Now, before you go along with this video, make sure that you have created at least two or three different membership levels. In the example here, I have created three membership levels - Silver, Gold, and Platinum. So basically, using the sequential upgrade feature, you can automatically move or upgrade members from one membership level to the other.

So to do that, just click on the Sequential Upgrade link. So, in this example, for all Silver members, I can auto-upgrade them to go Platinum. So assuming that Silver is the lowest membership level - or the cheapest membership level, followed by Gold and Platinum, so I may want to upgrade member from Silver to Gold automatically, and then I can choose the method. I can either Move them or Add. The difference is, if I choose to move members to the Gold membership from the Silver membership, when this happens, they will be members in the Gold membership, but no longer having access to the Silver membership, ever.

So this really depends on how you set up your membership site. In most cases, the lowest membership level would allow access to only certain type of content, but not all the content, and then the higher-level membership, for example, Gold, will allow access to more content, etc., etc.

But you can also choose to just add members. What this means is that when the sequential upgrade happens, that particular member will still be having the Silver membership, but now, he will also have access to the Gold membership. So again, it really depends on how you set up your membership site.

And then you can choose the amount of days for this sequential upgrade feature to happen. Now, sequential upgrades are really, really useful for a couple of reasons. The first reason you may want to use sequential upgrades is to increase customer loyalty to your membership site. Now, for example, you may want to only sell the Silver membership level publicly on your website or on your blog; but once a member has been a Silver member for a certain amount of days, you may want to upgrade them to the Gold member, etc. While they're still paying the same amount of money, now they will have extra features; extra content; and whatever else extra that you specified in the Gold membership. Okay, so I'm gonna put it as 3 Days.

Now, the other reason you may want to use sequential upgrades is to deliver timed content, or to slowly release timed content. What this means is that you may have certain modules or certain content on your membership site that is only available on Week 1, Week 2, Week 3, etc. So you may not want to release all the content the moment a member makes a payment and becomes a member and can access the membership site. Instead, you may want to release the content slowly. So that's another reason to use sequential upgrades, but for now, I'm gonna put this as 30 Days, and from Gold, I can either downgrade the members to Silver, or I can upgrade them to Platinum.

Okay, and from platinum, of course, there is nothing left to upgrade them to, so I'm gonna leave that as blank. So what happens now is that members join at a Silver level, and after 30 days, they are automatically upgraded to Gold, and after another 30 days, they are automatically upgraded to Platinum. And then I'm gonna click on Update Sequential Delivery Configuration.

Okay, so now it says Sequential Delivery Updated, but in order for this sequential upgrade feature to actually take place automatically on your WordPress blog, you need to set up what is called Cron job. So here, the plugin has already given you the settings for the Cron job, and also the command to run this Cron job. Now, Cron jobs can be a bit tricky. It really depends on the type of web hosting account that you are using. So in this case, they have given you two examples - this is the first command line, and this is the second command line that you can try if the first one does not work.

So assuming that you are on a Linux-type of web hosting with cPanel, I'm gonna show you how to set up your Cron job. Once you have logged in to your cPanel account, then just scroll to the bottom, assuming your cPanel account looks like the one in this example, under Advanced, you should see a link for Cron jobs.

Now, on the main Cron job screen, you will see an Update Email address. Now, it's very important that you enter an email address to receive the Cron job updates. Otherwise, you would probably have no idea if the Cron job is being executed according to the settings, or if there is some kind of error preventing the Cron jobs from being executed.

So you may want to enter your email address here, and then under the Add New Cron Job tab, you'll be able to see Common Settings. Now, when you click on this drop-down menu, you can see…first, of course, you can see every minute, and then there are particular settings there which is, in this case, 5 asterisks. Okay? So to get the proper settings, you may want to look at the recommended settings under Cron Job Details. So in this case, the setting is "0 0 * * *", so there are three asterisks there, so you may want to find the appropriate setting, okay…so this is "0 0 * * *" so this means you will run the Cron job once a day. Now, in most cases, it is more than sufficient to run this Cron job once a day, and the Cron job will automatically create the sequential upgrade stuff for you, but if you wanna run it more frequently, you can also run it twice a day; once an hour, etc. But remember, if you run Cron jobs too often - for example, if you run Cron jobs every minute, it can actually create a lot of problems for your web hosting account, 'cause it involves a lot of software being run every minute, and that'll probably slow down the web hosting account. So once I've selected once a day, now I'm going to remember to copy this, and then paste that information here, and then click on Add New Cron Job.

Okay, and my Cron job has been added, so I would see the current Cron jobs being run in this screen here once it finishes loading, but again, remember there are two different Cron jobs here that you can run; so if the first one does not work for you, then you can try the second one. And if that doesn't work as well, then I'll recommend that you consult your web hosting provider and check what type of Cron job systems they have running, and you may also want to check with the owners of WishList Member Plugin and get more information on them on different types of Cron jobs, but in most cases, the first command should work.

And that's how you use the sequential upgrade plugin for WishList Member .

In this video, I'm going to show you how to use an excellent keyword research tool made by Google themselves. It was originally made for Google AdWord customers only, but now you can also access the external version and use it for free, and basically, it's a perfect tool for anyone wanting to generate a huge list of keywords to build niche websites and so on.

Instead of telling you the direct URL to the Google keyword tool, I'm gonna suggest that you go to Google.com and type in "google keyword tool," alright? And you can see Google already - probably also gives you the link directly here, or you can just type in "google keyword tool," and of course, search result you see here - that is at adwords.google.com/select/KeywordToolExternal. That's the tool that we wanna use, so just go ahead and click on that. And there are two methods that you can use to generate keyword ideas. The first is to just enter your main keyword here, and then Google will give you related keywords, or you can also search by website content.

So I'm gonna show you the first example. I'm gonna type in "stem cells," which is the main keyword that I wanna search for, and then I need to verify, alright, by typing in the characters or the capture characters that I see above here, and then click on Get Keyword Ideas.

And now I can see that Google has given me tons of keywords that I can look at, and let's go to those keywords. The first column you see here is Advertiser Competition. Now this refers strictly to the amount of ads that are put on Google.com and Google's content network in the AdWords advertising program. So this is not the amount of competing websites as you would get by natural search results. This is the amount of advertisers who are paying for - paying Google to put ads via Google AdWords.

Next, you would see local search results, or the Local Search Volume for the previous month, and then also the Global Monthly Search Volume. Local Search Volume basically means how many users, how many Google users in your location or in your country searched for that particular search term in the past month. And Global Monthly Search Volume is the worldwide search results for that particular keyword. And you can see that Google also has categorized some of the keywords, so instead of just the basic two words that I've entered earlier, they're also gonna give me additional keywords to consider. And this may be highly related to the initial keywords that I entered earlier.

At the very bottom of the results, you would see the link for 'Download all keywords.' And you can download it in a text format, csv (for excel), or just ,csv. And I recommend that you click "csv (for excel)."

Okay, so now, let's open this file and see how it looks like. So this is a file, and I'm just gonna expand these columns here, alright. So you can see that now you've exported all the files, and you have the main keywords here, the Advertiser Competition, Local Search Volume, and also the Global Monthly Search Volume. And the reason we actually save the keywords into an Excel sheet is because unless you're a Google AdWords user, there is no way for you to actually save these search results. So if you leave this page right now, and then you come back to this page again, you have to start the process all over again. So the easiest way is to just save it into an Excel file and save it to your PC.

Now, I'm gonna show you the second method, which is to use a website content. And the easiest way to find websites that you can use is to type in the keywords on Google.com and see which websites appear in the Top 10 search engine rankings, and those websites probably appear there for a very good reason is because they have the correct keywords. So I've done a search here on Google for "stem cells" and the first page I see is Wikipedia. So Wikipedia is a really good source. I'm going to copy that link; so I'm going to paste that link here, alright, and then click on Get keyword ideas. Okay, so let's see what we got. Right.

Now these are all keywords that actually appear within the website URL that you specified above. In this case, since I put in Wikipedia's URL for stem cell research. And therefore I get all these related keywords which I may or may not have been able to guess by myself. And you can see that Google has basically now divided those keywords into several categories.

Now, this category for "stem cell research," and these are the keywords under that particular category. Alright, and these are for the general keywords "stem cells." So I'm gonna do the same thing here. I'm gonna export those keywords to Microsoft Excel, I'm gonna look for the export link...right. So, I'm going to export it to csv (for excel)...now, in this particular Excel sheet, there is an additional first column here with the title Common Terms, and these are the categories that Google used to generate the keywords and to organize your keywords. So we're gonna ignore this first category, and I'm just gonna select the relevant data from this Excel sheet, and then I'm gonna copy that. And you're gonna go back to the first keyword list that we generated earlier, and I'm gonna paste that here.

Okay. So now, we have a massive list of keywords, and I'm gonna save my Excel file onto my computer. Okay, I'm gonna save it as "stem-cells"...and there you go.

Now, you have a massive keyword list that you can refer to over and over again, and there is, of course, some filtering and some elimination of keywords that you need to do here, but basically you have all the keywords that you'll ever need to create your website - easily accessible to you via Microsoft Excel.

Now, if you have already done your keyword research using various different tools and software, then make sure you have copied and pasted all those keywords into a single Excel file, preferably with a header, as we see here, so you know which column stands for what kind of data.

The first thing you want to do is create a filter for the first column, okay, so you can see that now, I can actually filter my data for each individual column, and the next thing you'll want to do is freeze this entire first column. So to do that, I'm just gonna click on View, then I'm gonna click on Freeze Panes, Freeze Top Row.  Okay. So now, you can see that I can continue to scroll down my massive list of keywords which I have about 401 keywords here. And at the same time, this first row is frozen, so it really makes it very easy for me to have a look at my data and understand what all those numbers mean.

So the first thing you should do is to eliminate any exact duplicates. And to do that, I'm going to sort this list from A to Z. And because I've used a few different types of keyword software, I may end up with a lot of duplicates, so you could just highlight the duplicates, alright, and you can just delete those.

By duplicates, I mean of course that the keyword is exactly the same and the data that you get for those keywords also very, very similar. And those are considered duplicates, and logically, you do not need to keep duplicates of the same keyword. You just need to know  - you just need to have one instance of that keyword in your entire keyword list. Alright, and you can see here, I have a few keywords here: "against stem cell," "against stem cell research," and "against stem cells."

Now, these are not considered duplicate because, essentially, they are 3 different keywords. This first one is singular - "against stem cell" - and this one is plural - "against stem cells." So consider these as two different keywords now - leave them as they are.

Another thing you may want to do is have a look at the keyword list, and you can probably safely delete all those single-word items, because these keywords generally tend to have a huge number of search volume, but they tend to be too generic or too general to be, you know, of any practical use in your website building or marketing, so I'm just gonna delete those generic general keywords.
And another thing that you may find is that you have a lot of very similar keywords that are not exactly identical but they're very, very similar in meaning. And perhaps you'll want to delete some of those keywords and just keep the keywords that you feel are highly likely to generate traffic easily for you.

To do that, you can just click on the keywords here, go to Text Filters, and enter some of the text in here. So I'm going to look for keywords that contain the word "definition." Alright.

Right?  So now, you can see I have two duplicates here which are exactly the same, and then I have several other keywords which are not the same but perhaps pretty similar in meaning. For example, "stem cell definition," and "definition of stem cell". Essentially, they mean the exact same thing. So when deciding which of these variations you wanna keep, then perhaps you can look at some of the other data - for example, the Search Volume, and so on, to decide which keywords you wanna keep.

So in this case, I'm gonna decide to keep "definition of stem cell" and I'm gonna delete the duplicate, and also the variation to that. Alright. So you see my complete list of keywords - again, I'm gonna click on Filter, and I'm gonna...Clear Filter from 'Keywords', and I'll see all my keywords, right?

Okay, so I'm gonna do that again so that you can get a better idea of how this works. So, I find a lot of similar keywords and even some duplicate keywords with "embryo" or "embryonic", so I'm gonna do a text filtering again. Alright, but this time, I'm not going to type in the entire keyword. I'm just gonna type in "embryo". Okay? Alright, and you can see that there are tons of keywords here, which are pretty much talking about the same thing and can still find some duplicates in here...and of course, first thing I want to do is get rid of the exact duplicates.

And I can choose to keep the singular and plural versions of different keywords, or if I want to really narrow down my entire keyword list to just, say, about 40 or 50 keywords so that I can build a small niche website, then I probably need to choose between the singular and plural versions, and I'm gonna choose the plural version, 'cause that sounds more natural to me - "embryonic stem cells", right?

And...I'm gonna delete this one. So that's how you filter and massage your keyword list to eliminate unnecessary keywords and finally end up with a very solid list of keywords that you can use over and over again to build niche content websites, to advertise via Google AdWords, etc., etc.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to optimize your WordPress post and WordPress pages so that you can get more free traffic from search engines like Google. To do this, you have to look for a free WordPress plugin called the All in One SEO Pack. So what I'm gonna do is click on Plugins and click on Add New. And in the search field here, I'm going to type in 'seo pack', and click on Search. So the plugin that we're looking for is called the All in One SEO Pack. Okay? Not the All in One SEO Pack Importer. So make sure you find the correct plugin called the All in One SEO Pack. Okay? Alright. So this is the plugin. And I'm gonna click on Install Now.

Depending on the type of web hosting account that you have, your plugin may be installed automatically, or you may be asked to provide your host name; and also your FTP username and password. And then just click on Proceed. Once the plugin has been installed, just click on Activate Plugin.

Okay, so you see this message here that says, "The All in One SEO Pack must be configured. Go to the Admin page." I'm gonna click on that link, and now we're at the All in One SEO Pack configuration page, okay? So in the current version, you may see a lot of advertisements here, but if you scroll down - so this is the important Options page that you need to edit. By default, the All in One SEO Pack is already configured for the best search engine optimization, but there are still several things that you need to edit here.

First of all, you can click on "I have enjoyed this plugin", and make sure you turn the plugin on by clicking on Enabled. Next, you need to enter your blog's homepage title home description, and also the home keywords. And this will be used in your blog's meta description tags and also meta keyword tags. So here, I already filled up all these fields, and if you're entering keywords, make sure that you separate each keyword with a comma and space. Okay?

So the next option is Canonical URLs and also to rewrite titles. Basically, you can just leave these as they are, and they're pretty well-optimized for any type of WordPress blog that you have. Okay, so I'm gonna scroll to the bottom here and click on Update Options.

So now, your entire WordPress blog is optimized, but you would still need to optimize the individual posts or pages on your WordPress blog. So to do that, just click on Post, and find the particular WordPress post that you want to optimize…let me resize this…okay, alright. So now, I'm going to optimize this post here, so I'm gonna click on Edit, and on the post-editing screen, if you scroll to the bottom, you will see a separate window - or separate tab - just for the All in One SEO Pack. So to get maximum search engine traffic, make sure that you also optimize the individual posts and individual pages. And the process is the same - you just need to enter the title, description, and also the keywords. And your All in One SEO Pack will help you to count the amount of characters that you're using. So let me give you an example.

So assuming that I want to rank for the keywords, make money with ClickBank…therefore I wanna make sure that the exact keyword appears in the title itself, and this title is 32 characters. So make sure your title isn't too long; try to use not more than 60 characters for the title, and not more than 160 characters for the description. In this case, I only have 66 characters, alright? And in the keywords field, make sure you enter your primary keyword or the keyword that you wanna rank for, and also enter some variations of the primary keyword.

So when you're done with that, you can just scroll up and click on Update. And now, this particular WordPress post is much more optimized than it was in the beginning of this video, and therefore the chances of me getting free search engine traffic and high Google rankings is much, much higher. So that's how you use the All in One SEO Pack to optimize your WordPress post and pages.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to install the Google XML Sitemaps plugin for WordPress. If you're looking for higher search engine rankings, then you definitely need an XML sitemap to inform Google about the content of your blog, and also the frequency that the content changes.

So to install the XML sitemaps plugin, log in to your WordPress dashboard, go to plugins, and click on Add New. Next, type in the search term XML sitemap. And click on Search Plugins.

So as you can see, there are so many different XML sitemap plugins that you can install; however, the one that we really need is just simply called Google XML sitemaps, and this also, if you're not sure, it's probably the one that has the most amount of ratings. So click on Install Now, then click on OK. If you are asked for your FTP username and password, then just enter that here, then click on Proceed.

Once the Google XML sitemap has been installed, click on Activate Plugin. Once the plugin has been activated, you should be able to find it under Settings>XML sitemap. If this is your first time installing the sitemap plugin, you'll get a message here saying that "The sitemap wasn't generated yet." So all you need to do to generate the sitemap is go through the options to select the options that you want to enable. Now, if you're not too technical, I'd recommend that you leave it as the basic selection here, okay...so go all the way to the bottom, and click on Update Options. Next, click on the link here to generate your sitemap for the first time. You'll probably get an error message here, saying that "There was a problem writing your sitemap file. Make sure the file exists and is writable." And also, "There was a problem writing your zipped sitemap file." All this means is that WordPress is not able to automatically create your XML sitemap. To solve this, just log in to your blog using an FTP software, and then go to public_html. So what we're gonna do is change the file permissions from the default. Now, keep note of the default because we are just going to make a temporary change to the file permissions, after which you should revert back to this default configuration, whatever it is in your web hosting account.

So we are going to change that to 777...click OK. Now, let's go back to the WordPress blog and click on "rebuild the sitemap manually". Okay, so now, we get a confirmation message that the sitemap was successfully built. Now let's go back to the FTP account, and if you refresh your FTP account over here, go to public_html, you should see the new Google XML sitemaps already entered into your web hosting account or into your server automatically, it's called sitemap.xml.

Now, let's not forget that we changed the default permissions for your public_html folder earlier; so we're going to set it back. Click on File Permissions, we're going to set it back to the previous setting for security reasons. Okay.

So that's how easy it is to install a Google XML sitemap generator for WordPress.

In this video, you're going to discover a very important WordPress plugin that you should use on your WordPress blogs if you wanna get high search engine rankings. So this plugin is called SEOPressor. Now, what SEOPressor does is basically, it will analyze your WordPress blog's posts and pages and give you a calculation of your SEO score. Now, the higher your SEO score, the higher your rankings would be in search engines, especially in Google.

So if you go to SEOPressor website, you can see that there are really two options here that you can use. The first is the SEOPressor for single files. So if you only have one WordPress blog, then this will be a really cool investment to make. If you have multiple WordPress blogs, then you can try the SEOPressor Unlimited. Okay? And it's about $97, one time, and you can use it on all your WordPress blogs. So if you scroll down here, and you can see the video that explains how SEOPressor works, but I will also show you how it works in the following SEOPressor videos. Okay, and you can see some of the screenshots here, which are basically proof of other websites that are getting high Google rankings by using the SEOPressor plugin. Okay?

And if you scroll down, you can read the description of exactly what SEOPressor does and how it helps you. And then finally, you can click on Add to Cart if you want the SEOPressor single-site license, or you can go for the SEOPressor Unlimited. At the moment, as you can see, there's a $7 trial for 7 days, followed by $97 one-time payment to get the plugin. Okay? So all you need to do is enter your email, proceed to the Secure Order Form, make a payment, and then you would get the SEOPressor plugin download link. This plugin is sold in ClickBank so you will also need to write down your ClickBank receipt number, as that will be used later to activate your SEOPressor plugin.

Once you have the SEOPressor plugin on your Desktop, then all you need to do is upload that to your WordPress blog as you would with any other WordPress plugin. So what you do is make sure you have your FTP application connected to the web hosting, and then just drag and drop the whole folder into the plugins directory in your web hosting.

Once you've uploaded the plugin to the correct directory, then you can just check in your plugins list and you should be able to see the SEOPressor WordPress plugin. Okay? And here it is, SEOPressor Unlimited. Okay? And I'm just gonna click on Activate to activate the plugin.

Okay, so now, the plugin has been activated, but to use the SEOPressor plugin, you need to click on Activation Settings, and here, you need to enter your ClickBank receipt number. So make sure that you check your email to get the ClickBank receipt number. Then just enter the receipt number here, and click on Activate Plugin Now.

Okay, so now it says that the plugin is active. And now, you're ready to use the SEOPressor plugin on your WordPress blog.

Now, in this video, I'll show you how to get started using the SEOPressor plugin. So make sure you have installed the SEOPressor WordPress plugin to your blog. Now, if you look on the left, you will see an entirely new section here for SEOPressor, and you can click on Settings, POSTs Score, and PAGEs Score. Okay? So I'm gonna click on POSTs Score.

Alright, so this is just a test blog, so you can see I only have four posts in here, and all the score is zero. Okay? So what you want to do is click on the post that you want to optimize. Alright? So let's say I want to optimize this post here - Affiliate Marketing, the Easiest Way to Make Money Online. So I'm gonna click on that, and the first thing you wanna do is you have to determine what is the single most important keyword that you want a particular post to rank for. Okay? So you need to do your keyword research. I'm gonna just give you an example - so, for this post, assuming I want to rank for Affiliate Marketing, so I'm gonna put in the main keyword as 'affiliate marketing', okay? And then I'm going to click on Update; and now, you can see the SEO score as provided by SEOPressor.

So what SEOPressor is basically doing over here is checking your posts with your targeted primary keyword according to a predetermined formula or set of rules that are more or less a guideline in getting top Google rankings. So the exact formula is no secret; you can actually see the formula, or the criteria, that SEOPressor uses to determine this SEO score. And it also gives you a keyword density. Alright…keyword density is basically the percentage of your keyword - the exact keyword - as compared to the overall content of your blog post. Okay?

And here, SEOPressor has a list of things that you need to do to get your SEO score higher. And the only two things that this post currently has is that it has an italicized keyword, and it also has an underlined keyword.

So how do you make this post have a higher SEO score? Well, the first thing you see here is that "You do not have H1 tag containing your keyword". So I'm gonna create a new header tag here, okay, and make sure you have selected this entire thing, and I'm gonna click on the two bars here, and…Header 1. Okay. So now, this entire line…it's Header 1; you can see that my primary keyword is in here. So if you notice that the SEO score is currently 48.89%, now, once I click on Update, you will see that now, my SEO score has improved to almost 59%, and my keyword density is also changed accordingly, okay?

So again, if I wanna have a higher score, let me do the second item here…you do not have an H2 tag containing your keyword. So I'm gonna go to a part of the article…okay? And select one of the lines here, and I'm gonna change it to a Header 2 or H2 tag. Alright, and again, I am going to update the post.

Alright, and now you can see that my SEO score has increased to 67.78%, and also my keyword density, right? So all you need to do is to make sure that your SEO scores are in the green. If you notice, when I started showing you an example of this post, my SEO score was actually in the red, right? So just make sure that your SEO score is in the green. And of course, it's possible, you may want to make sure that your SEO score is as high as possible, 100% is possible if you follow all the items here, and if you do not want to follow the items as I mentioned, just make sure that it's green. And if you can do this for all your WordPress blog posts, or at least the posts that you want to rank highly in search engines for, then this post will be much more optimized - it will have a much higher SEO optimization. And therefore, you will get a much higher search engine ranking, and this works especially well in Google. So in the next video, I'll show you how to do the same thing, but to do it en masse if you are actually maintaining multiple blogs, or if you are doing an autoblogging type of website.

Now, this video continues from the previous video, where I showed you how to get a high SEO score for individual blog posts. But what if you are running an automated blog, or an autoblog? Okay, so in that case, you probably don't have the time to log in and check every single blog post, especially since those blog posts are generated automatically, alright?

So, SEOPressor actually has the solution for that. You could go to SEOPressor and click on Settings, alright, so this Settings page is the most important page for autoblog. And you can see a section here called "Automatic Decoration." Now, what this section does is that it will automatically analyze all your WordPress blog posts and execute a predetermined set of rules and you can actually specify those rules right over here.

So the first thing you wanna do is make sure that SEOPressor automatically decorates your keyword by making it bold, alright? So make sure this option is checked, as well as the following option to decorate your keywords with italic, and also to decorate your keywords with underline, alright? So this happens automatically on all your posts…and then you can also allow SEOPressor to automatically add the alternate keyword to all images in the content that do not have an alternate tag.

So if you understand SEO, then you wanna make sure that all images used in your WordPress blog have an alternate tag. And to make it even more effective, the alternate tag must contain the keyword that you want to rank for, okay?

And of course, you'll be entering the keywords later on here.

Next, you can also allow SEOPressor to automatically add the keyword in post titles. So if you are running an automated blog, and then the post is generated automatically, right, without your interference or your involvement, so this really helps you to save a lot of time by automatically adding in the keyword in post titles. And then make sure you check 'Allow Site-Wide Keyword Decorations'. Okay.

Now, the most important thing here for all the bloggers is that you need to enter a list of keywords that you want this predetermined set of rules to apply to. So let me give you an example here…if I want this particular autoblog to rank for the keywords 'make money blogging', etc., then I should enter those keywords - one keyword per line here - and I can enter as many keywords as I want.

Now, it's very important, 'cause if you do not enter enough keywords here, then all your auto settings here doesn't really mean much. Now, as far as autoblogging is concerned, it's very hard for you to actually target to rank a particular page for a particular keyword unless you want to manually edit each post as I showed you in an earlier video. So with autoblogs, normally, autobloggers would just target to rank the entire blog for a particular keyword. Okay? So in this case, I want my entire blog to rank for these five keywords. Not a particular post or page, but the entire blog.

And if you scroll down, you'll be able to see some of the HTML settings that you can use. Now, if you're not familiar with HTML, then you can just leave it as it is. It basically determines what specific HTML code to use for bold text, italicized text, and also underlined text. Okay? So you can just leave it as it is, and click on Save Changes.

Alright, so that's how easy it is to start using SEOPressor for your WordPress blogs even if that blog is an automated blog, or an autoblog, and to get higher search engine rankings from Google.

If you want to get free Search Engine Traffic, then one of the most important factors is the amount of links pointing to your website. Now there are many types of links, and some of these links can occur naturally, and sometimes you may want to manually build those links, and in the second case, this action is known as Link Building.

Now let's take a look at the first type of Link Building which is to get one-way links. Now, in this scenario, Site B and Site C would link to your site, which is Site A. And any link from Site B to your site, Site A, is considered one-way link. And the same happens with Site C, when Site C decides to link to you, that is another one-way link. So now, your website, Site A, has two one-way links from two different websites. Now, one-way links are often the most sought-after types of links simply because everyone else links to you and you do not link to anyone else. This sort of creates your site into what is known as an authority site, and that would help you get lots of search engine traffic and will help your pages get ranked higher in search engine results.

However, getting one-way links is often the most difficult type of link-building method, simply because it truly depends on the owners of Site B and Site C to link to you naturally without being asked, and this can happen in many ways. The first and most important is if your site, Site A, has valuable web content that the owners of Site B and Site C feel their readers would benefit from, then, they would naturally link to your website. If your site, Site A, has also published several useful web-based tools that the owners of website B and website C feel their readers can benefit from, then again, they would naturally link to your Site A. And there are many other cases where Site A would tend to get natural one-way links from other websites. For instance, if you're a news website and always have the latest news, then again, people would link to you. Or, it could also happen if you publish web templates or themes, or any other software that gives credit back to your website, then again, you would get a one-way link from all those websites using your theme, your templates, or your software.

The other type of link that you can manually build to your website is called a two-way link or also known as a Link Exchange. In this scenario, website B links to your site, Site A. But in return for that link, you are required to provide a link to website B. So in this scenario, what happens is that you have one inbound link from website B, but at the same time, you have one outgoing link to website B as well, and that creates what is called a Link Exchange. Now, this method of link building has been around for a very, very long time. It probably has been around since people started making money from their blog and since people started realizing that search engines tend to look at the amount of links you have on your website to determine how popular your website is and exactly how well they should rank your pages. So, to do a two-way link exchange is pretty simple. The owner of website B contacts the owner of website A, and says, Hey, we have two related pages or two related articles, why don't in my article I'll link to yours and in your article you link to mine? And if both parties agree, and then a two-way link is established.

Now this process can easily be repeated with other websites as well. For example, the owner of website C could also contact you and suggest that you link to his site on a different page and in return, he will give you a link back to your website. So this is one of the easier ways to build links to your website. But the downside of this is that for every inbound link to your website, you also have to produce an outbound link to other websites.

And now, let's go to the third method to build links to your website, which is known as the Three-Way Linking Method. Now in this method, you, the owner of website A, will link to website B, and website B, instead of linking back to your website, as in the case of a Link Exchange, would link to website C. And website C would link back to website A, which is your website. And you can see how this creates a three-way link, or a three-way link exchange. None of these sites link to each other as they would in the case of a two-way link. Now, this type of linking can occur naturally, but in most cases, this is all manually done by the webmasters themselves using either just by emailing each other, or if you have many websites, and then you can always, for example, if you own website A and website C, and you can always contact the owner of website B and then do a three-way link exchange. But in most cases, webmasters always use some sort of link exchange or link-building software to create the scenario of three-way links.

In the previous screen, you have seen that the most desirable type of link is to get a one-way link, where other sites link to you and you do not link back to them. But then again, that is pretty hard to do for most average webmasters, and then you've seen two-way links or link exchanges, and how this type of link exchange, even though it's easier to do, is not always something that you want to consider because it requires your website to be linking to tons of other websites out there. So three-way link is a more recent or a more updated way that combines one-way links and also two-way links.
 
Now to really enjoy the benefits of Link Building and SEO, and make sure that your websites are ranked high in search engines and continue to get free traffic from Google, etc., for a long period of time, there are a few factors that you need to consider. Now, the first is the quantity of links. Of course, the more links that you have, pointing to your website the better it is for your website in terms of search engine and SEO. But then again, these links should appear to be developing naturally. For example, if the first day you launch your website, all of a sudden you get 2,000 links to your website, then this tells search engines that you are doing something to get those 2,000 links, and those 2,000 links are not occurring naturally and therefore they may decide to penalize your website, or they may decide to not give you the search engine rankings that you actually deserve.

The second is the quality of links. If Yahoo, MSN, or even Your campus website links to your website, that is of course of a much higher quality than getting links from other lesser-known websites and of course, for every webmaster who would desire to get high-quality links from established portals or authority sites. But in most cases, you will need to accept links from a very wide range of quality. You will need to accept links from new websites, established websites, and hopefully, you will also get links from authority sites, like About.com, your campus website, or governmental websites, or even news portals.

The third is the amount of outgoing links. Now, if your website is an authority site and if it has really, really good content, then readers would expect the content to be linking to several other external sites where they can go for more information. So any website for that matter definitely has to have a few outgoing links to other websites and other resources on the Internet. But if you have too many outgoing links, then that also raises a red flag in search engines like Google who may determine that your website is doing nothing else but selling links to other websites.

And the fourth and most important is the amount of incoming links to your website. Now, the more incoming links you have, the better of course. And in most cases, in your link-building efforts, what you should focus on is getting more and more incoming links that are of course from different levels of quality, and just focus on getting as many links as possible, and also make sure that while you have a lot of links pointing to your website, to make it seem natural, you also need to have a small number of outgoing links. But in any case, you should always make sure that the amount of incoming links is more than the amount of outgoing links. So that is a brief introduction to Link Building and SEO. I hope you enjoyed this video.

To have your websites rank better in the search engines and get lots of free search engine traffic, you need to build a lot of links, and one of the easiest ways to do that is to use the 3-Way Linking Method, and one of the easiest software or systems that help you to build three-way links is a service called 3WayLinks from Jonathan Leger, and you can get that at www.3waylinks.net.

So on the main sales page, if you scroll to the bottom, and you can see some of the proof of traffic increase due to this three-way links system, and then you can also see some of the testimonials and increases in revenue by sites that have been using three-way links.

And if you'll scroll to the bottom, you'll probably see that with your one 3WayLinks account, you can add up to 50 different websites. So let's check out the pricing for 3WayLinks. If you scroll to the bottom…and this may not be the exact pricing that you see, but at the moment, you can see that you can get started with 3WayLinks for just $7 in your first month, and then $47 a month for access to the system. And of course, you can add up to 50 different websites, so that'll be less than a dollar each per month for each website. Just start getting a lot of one-way links. Now, each website can get a maximum of 250 links at the moment this video is being recorded, using the 3WayLinks.net system.

So to get access, all you need to do is click on the Buy buttons here. And what you'll see next is a site requirement and you need to comply to this requirement; the most important things are listed here. The sites have to be on your own domain. No sub-domains or free hosting. Sites must be professional in quality and appearance. Only family-oriented sites are accepted. No sites related to link networks or similar linking systems, and sites must have at least 2 pages indexed in Google and support PHP scripting. So the PHP scripting part, if you have a web post that allows you to use PHP then this should be no problem, but really, the most important thing is that your site complies to their requirements and has at least 2 pages indexed in Google.com.

So if you don't have a website yet, then you cannot apply for 3WayLinks or if your website is so new that it does not have any, or at least it does not have more than 2 pages indexed in Google, then you should try to fulfill that first before applying for a 3WayLinks account.
 
So if you already have a website that complies to all the rules and regulations of using 3WayLinks.net, then just fill in your first name, last name, email address, put in a password, and then type in your domain name here.

Then select a category. So make sure you have read the Disclaimer and the Terms of Conditions, and all the other stuff, and then click on Create My Account. Once your account has been created, then you'll be taken to the payment page and once you've made a payment, then you can continue to use 3WayLinks system to set up your domain names and create a link page, and then start to get one-way links from other members of the 3WayLinks.net network.

Once you have your 3WayLinks account created, then you can just log into the 3WayLinks Members' Area, where you can see the main members' area page and you can actually submit a new domain and continue the process to build incoming links to your site.

So, the first thing you'll be able to see is the domain quota, 50 sites are allowed. In this particular count, I've used 28 sites. Now, the good news is if your website actually has a PR, or a page rank of four or more, then those sites do not count against your quota. This in effect means that you'll be able to use more than 50 sites with one 3WayLinks account, provided that some of those sites are of higher quality and have at least a page rank of four.

Now since my account already has a few sites, I'm gonna show you an example of one particular site which has a page rank of two. So I'm gonna see all the links that are pointing to my site or all the inbound links which is marked here as 'links (in)'.

So for this particular site, you can see that there are about 244 inbound links out of which one is inactive, so there's only about 243 live links. And I can also see the actual websites that are linking to my site; the page rank of that particular site; and this is only the homepage page rank, I can see if the links are live, and the date that I got this link to my website.

If I scroll right to the bottom, I'll be able to see a summary of all those sites that are linking to my website, and you can see the page rank, negative 0 and page rank 0, these are probably sites that are very, very new. And then you also have a lot of page rank 1, 2, 3 sites, and a few page rank 4 and perhaps even a site with a page rank of 5.

So back to the main screen earlier; for that particular website, if I want to see the links that are outgoing, or in other words, that links from my website to other websites, then I can just click on 'links (out)'.

Okay, so I can see that my site is linking to 255 websites. Now it is important to remember that since this is a three-way link, I did not link back to the sites that are linking to my website. Instead, I link to other sites in the network in the 3WayLinks network. And if I scroll right to the bottom, I can also see a summary of all the links from my website to other websites on the Internet, and also the corresponding page ranks. So if your 3WayLinks account is new, then the first thing you need to do is add a new domain name to your account. To do that, you just need to scroll right to the bottom, and you'll see a link here that says, Add New Domain. So just click on that link.

Then, all you need to do is enter the domain name, select a category, and then click on Create New Domain. Okay, so now it says that "The new domain was created" and "Click here to continue".

So that will bring you back to the 3WayLinks Members' Area homepage, where you'll see the domain name that you've just submitted, and you can see Step 1: "Complete your account details by filling in the description and all three link text fields on the edit page." So the easiest way to do that is to just click on this link here. And then what you need to do is fill up this entire page, so let's start by giving your site a description. And I have just put a very short description for my website, and then you can move on to the next, that is to select the keywords that you want to use as anchor text or as links to your own website. Now, if you're using 3WayLinks.net or any other link-building program, then by now, you should already know which keywords you want to rank highly in the search engines for, and those are the keywords that you're going to put in these three columns right here.

You can see that the primary link text is going to receive about 60 percent of links. The secondary link text is going to receive about 30 percent of the links, and the third link text receives only about 10 percent of all inbound links to your site. So what you want to do is enter the actual keyword that you want to rank for in a primary link text, and then a variation of that in the secondary and third link text.

Okay, so I've done that and you can see that the primary keywords that I want to rank highly in the search engines is Dog Training Guide. Now for the secondary and third link text, I have maintained the keywords Dog Training, and also Guide. You can see those here. Alright. The only difference is that I've created a slight variation in terms of the order of those words to make it seem more natural to Google and search engines. This is because you cannot have all links to your site using the exact same link text. If all sites link to yours with the exact same link text, then Google's going to say that you are trying to manipulate the search engine rankings. So you want to make this look as natural as possible. Make sure your primary keyword gets 60 percent of the links, and the rest are just variations that actually contain those primary keywords as well but have been modified to make it look more natural, as if someone would actually link to your site. Because when someone links to your site, they will always use the same keywords. So by creating a few variations, you make it look much more natural.

And the next step is to create your link page. So the first thing you need to do is give your link page a name. I'm gonna call it Resources.php. Alright, and it says here, Unless you are using the in-line PHP code, this file MUST end in 'php'. Okay. So if you're building a website the manual way, using an HTML editor, and you can name it Resources.php, for example. But if you are using a WordPress blog, then your pages would not end with 'php'. So in that case, you would want to put it as Resources and a backward slash.

Alright, so you really need to know how you're building your website. Are you doing it manually? Are you using some sort of website builder? Or are you using a WordPress blog? And you need to rename the link page accordingly. In this case, I'm going to assume that you are using a WordPress blog, so I don't need to put the '.php'. I'm just gonna put Resources and a forward slash, and then I'm gonna give the link page a title.

Okay, right below that, there is actually a link for you to watch the video that shows you how to set up the link page customization. The most difficult part here is actually to create your website template for your links page. Now, there are a few ways to do this. You can either create a basic HTML template, and from that HTML template, you can copy the links page header and also the links page footer, and anything in between the header and footer is considered the place where your link directory or your links list will go.

But again, if you're using blogs like WordPress, then this can be really, really difficult to do because WordPress blogs use themes, and it's very difficult to just copy a header and footer and paste it in here. So what I do in most cases, if you're using a WordPress blog or other types of content management systems, I suggest you put in a simple HTML code.

So I'm gonna zoom in here so you can see the actual code. So this code is basically just a placeholder to put at least some sort of character or contents into the link page header and footer. If you leave these two columns blank then you will not be able to continue with building your links page.

Okay, so once that's done, then you can just click on Preview Your Links Page. And you can see here that my links page looks very plain, but that doesn't matter because of, since this example is showing you how to use it on WordPress blog, you will actually just copy and paste the code onto your WordPress blog by creating a new page, and then your link page will appear exactly as the rest of your WordPress blog.

Okay, so when that's done, click on Update. Okay, so it says here that Your account has been updated. Your site will not be live in the network until you revalidate since you have changed your links page file name. Click here to continue. So what it basically means right now is that you need to log in to your WordPress blog or create a new PHP file and upload it, and make sure that that file is linked too from the main page of your website, which I will show you in the next video, how to create your links page files.

Once you have submitted a new domain in 3WayLinks and you have setup your website, including the keywords and also the link page templates, and then if you log in to 3WayLinks again and go to the Members' Area homepage, you will see right next to the URL that you submitted, it says here now, Step 2, Upload the links page to your site and have it verified. So, just click on the link here that says, Upload the links page.

And you can see here, there are a few options for you to build your link page. If you're building a website manually using a website editor like Dreamweaver or CoffeeCup, and you have actually created a PHP page with the extension of '.php,' and you have entered the website template in the first step where you actually create your links page, then you can just right click here, and download this zip file, unzip the file, and then upload the links page via FTP to your web hosting account.

But if you don't know how to do that, or if you are actually using a CMS or a Content Management System, for example, like WordPress, to build your entire site, then there are two more options that you can use here. The first of the two options is to download a WordPress plugin that automatically creates the links page for you. So you can see the link here for the WordPress plugin and you can just open that in a new tab.

And this actually links to a different website to the guy who created the plugin for 3WayLinks, and you'll see a link here that says, Download 3WL Links Page Plugin Version 0.3, so you can just click on that to download the plugin. And then what you need to do is just open that particular zipped file and extract the file to your desktop or any other location on your computer, and then upload this PHP page, which is called 'threewl-php-page.php'. Upload that file to your WordPress plugins folder, which should be under WP-Contents/Plugins.

Once you have uploaded the plug-in just login to your WordPress dashboard and click on PlugIns. And in this list of all the plugins that are available on your WordPress blog, just look for the plugin called 'threewl-php-page,' and activate that. Once that plugin has been activated, then you can just check under the Settings tab here, you can just expand that. Right? And you can see there's a new link here that says, 3WL Links Page.

Okay, so what this plugin does is it automatically creates everything for you. All you need to do is enter the 3WayLinks ID into here; and you can get that from the main 3WayLinks page for this particular site. This is the ID for this site, and the IDs, of course, are unique to each individual website on 3WayLinks. So I just want to paste that into here, and make sure your page title and page slug is exactly the same as what you have entered in your 3WayLinks Members' Area.

Okay, and then to create your page, you can just click on Create Page. Okay, so it says here, '3WL Links Page page (ID 38)'...this page ID, of course, is different on each WordPress blog, and it says that this page was created. So let's go to this particular blog, and you can see that this is how a blog looks like, and this is the new page that has been automatically created by the 3WayLinks plugin. Alright, so you can see that this page exists, and it's empty at the moment, but it will be filled up with links to other sites once this domain name has been approved in your 3WayLinks account.

Okay, so that's the easiest way to add a 3WayLinks page to your WordPress blog. Now, if you're using other Content Management Systems or if you have advanced HTML knowledge, then you can also copy the raw PHP codes and paste it to the pages and then, what you have to do next is to validate and activate your actual URL.

Now, you have to remember some of the more important things that will help you get your sites approved faster. Number one is that your links page title and also the link page URL must exactly match what you have entered in your 3WayLinks account. And the second thing is that the links page must be linked to from the homepage of your website or your blog. So if the link page exists but there's no link to it from the main page, then your website will be rejected. So once you've made sure that all these important things are there, then you can validate and activate your URL. Now, this process is manual and there's actually someone who will take a look at your site and decide if they should approve or reject your site.

So if your site is rejected, then you can just go back to that particular website, make some edits and changes, and then resubmit your sites to be approved. The only reason why your site would not be approved after you've made those changes is if your sites do not comply with their terms and conditions which you can, of course, click on this link here, Terms and Conditions, to read more the terms and conditions of using 3WayLinks, but otherwise your sites will be approved and in the next few days, the system will start publishing links to your site on all the other sites in the 3WayLinks network. So the process of link building is actually very gradual to make it seem natural. You don't get all 250 links on the same day. Instead you may get one link today, five links tomorrow, etc., etc., until over a period of time your site has achieved 250 one-way, inbound links from other sites on the Internet, and that will help you to launch your site and get a really decent search engine ranking in Google and other search engines.

Now, if you're familiar with niche blogging or creating niche content sites, then you probably already know PLR or Private Label Right articles. See, the problem with niche sites is that you can't always have the time or the resources to write the content for many different sites that you manage, so a good alternative is to get private label right articles. Private label right articles simply means that the article was initially written or created by someone else, and you can simply buy the rights to it and, once you've bought the rights, you can pretty much do anything you want with the article. You can rewrite the entire article, or you can rewrite only sections of the article, or you can just simply use the article as it is without having to credit anyone or link back to any other site.

Now, a very good example of where to get PLR articles is from Matt Callen's site called SimplyPLR. So to get that, you can just go to simplyplr.com.

Now let's take a look at the sales page of SimplyPLR to see exactly what you can get. Okay? And there's a lot of information here that you can read through, okay...but this is the most important section - What you get from being a member of simplyplr.com.

So first of all, you get 225 private label right, or PLR articles, each and every month. That is a lot of articles, and that if you're into niche blogging or creating niche sites to be monetized with Google AdSense and so on, then this will really keep you busy for the entire month.

Next, you'll also get 225 spin-ready articles each and every month. Now, what does spin-ready mean? Well, you have the basic article - 225 basic articles that you'll get - and you also have a spin-ready version which basically contains variations of sentences and phrases using synonyms and other variations to make your article more unique.

Now, there are a lot of article spinner software that you can get online. Now, the problem is that although you can get those article spinner software, you still have to spin the articles manually. Now, with SimplyPLR, however, you get spin-ready articles, which means that each article is already preformatted with spinnable text, and all you need to do is copy and paste it into an article spinner software and then spin your articles to make them unique.

Now, let's scroll down...and next, one of the most interesting in SimplyPLR is that you also get a blog automation software. That means you can post the articles that you'll get from your SimplyPLR membership automatically to your WordPress blog. You don't have to download the file, unzip those files, and then copy and paste those articles into individual posts on your WordPress blog. You can actually do it automatically with the software that they give you.

So now, let's scroll down...okay, and this is how much it costs, about 67 USD a month, and although there are a lot of other PLR websites out there, but I find SimplyPLR to be one of the best. So if you click on the Add to Cart button, and then you can review some of the information here and actually make a payment to become a member of SimplyPLR. So since I'm already a member of SimplyPLR, I'm just gonna log in to the Members Area here and show you what you get.

So basically, this is the landing page for all members, and you can either update your profile, download articles, automatically rewrite your articles, or submit and use your articles. So let's see what articles exactly I get for this particular month. I can just click on Download...and if I scroll to the bottom here, okay. So these are the articles available for this month; and here, you can see the topics now. The interesting thing is that these topics are all well-researched topics, and they generally are quite high-paying topics as well, in terms of your Google AdSense earnings, so if you go with these topics, you can rest assured that these are well-selected topics, and if you create sites on these topics, then you can probably earn a decent amount of money from Google AdSense. Now, second topic is Affiliate Marketing, then you have Anger Management, Cosmetic Surgery, Direct Marketing, Get Out of Debt, HTML, Hunting, Internet Marketing Business, Party Ideas, Search Engine Optimization, Skiing, Spam Blockers, Tropical Fish, and Website Traffic.

So generally speaking, it is a very good mix of Internet marketing topics like website traffic, as well as varied niches or obscure topics like Tropical Fish, etc. Some of the topics here, you probably would never have thought of before, simply because you're not exposed to that particular niche. But with SimplyPLR, at least you have a chance to evaluate all those different niches.

Now let's go to the previous month - February - and again, for February, you can see that there are a lot of different niche markets covered here. For example, Cooking, Dog Training, Easter, Fast Weight Loss, Home Loan, Life Insurance, etc., etc. and there are a lot of articles here. So to download all your PLR articles in plain text format, you can just click on Download All, or to download spin-ready articles, which are already preformatted with spinnable tags, etc., then you can download it from here; or if you are a customer of myarticlenetwork.com, then you can also download in that format.

Okay? And here are two very important functions, which we will cover in the next video, which is 'How to Automatically Publish Those PLR Articles to Your WordPress Blog'. So again, SimplyPLR is one of the best private label right article membership sites that you can get out there at a very reasonable cost.

In the last video, we had a brief introduction to using private label right articles from simplyplr.com. Now, in this video, I'm gonna show you how to automatically publish the articles that you get as part of your membership into a WordPress blog. Now, first thing you need to do is click on Download, and let's see the articles that are available to us for this particular month, March 2010. Okay? So these are the niche topics and the articles as well. I can either click to download all the articles in raw text file, or I can download spin-ready articles or I can even download in MyArticleNetwork Format.

But let me show you how to automatically publish articles to your blog. Just click here to send articles to your blog. And here, you can see all the articles that are in this particular niche, so if I click on this article, I can actually change the title of this article before sending it to my WordPress blog.

So let me just change this to Personal Chef, and click on Save. And you can see that the title of the article there is changed. So, now it says here that "You do not have any blogs. Please add some." So let's click on Add New Blog. Now, what you'll be asked for is a blog title, blog URL, admin username, and admin password. So I am just going to put this as the default values for the test blog that I'll use to record videos. I'm gonna put in the admin username as well as the password, and click on Add Blog. Okay. But it also says here, down here, "Note: You need to have the XML-RPC feature enabled on your blog..." Now, what this basically means is that you need to enable this XML-RPC feature so that this SimplyPLR membership can actually connect to your WordPress blog, send commands to it, and also automatically post content to it. Now, to do this is very simple. Just log in to your WordPress blog, click on Settings, and click on Writing. And here, you can see under Remote Publisher the Atom Publishing Protocol as well as the XML-RPC. Now, in most cases, just enabling this single option should be enough, but you can just enable both these options here and then scroll to the bottom, click on Save Changes.

So once you have updated the settings, you can just go back to the page earlier and click on Add Blog, and that's what I did, and now it says that my blog has been successfully added. Okay...so I'm going to click on OK.

Alright, so now you see my blog name here, I can edit the settings, I can also check XML-RPC or I can sync the WordPress blog with the current articles that I have. So let's go back to the download area again...okay? Let's go to the first topic, Abs, and click on 'send articles to your blogs'.

Now, you should see that the blog that you've added is in this list here. Okay, so I'm gonna select the blog that I just added earlier, and a very interesting feature here is the timer. So I can post all articles to my blog right now, or I can post articles every few hours, for example, every 6-8 hours, or I can also select for each blog post, post at least 1 article but no more than, for example, 2 articles. What this means is that in a single blog post, you can have not just 1 article but you can actually combine 2 or 3 or as many articles as you want into a single blog post. Now, this is pretty interesting and unique because it really helps you to overcome the problem of duplicate content. Instead of having just one article as is given in your membership as a single blog post, by mixing up the articles and actually combining or merging them into a blog post, you can actually have a pretty more - at least a significantly more unique content just like that, alright? And then you can select the first article you posted on what date. So this is today's date, but for the sake of example, I'm gonna post all articles now. Okay? And then I'm going to click on Schedule Post.

Alright, so it says, "Please select your blog and blog category." Okay, that's what I forgot...so since this is a very new blog that I've created for the sake of example, alright? So there's only one category; your blog may have much more categories than this, so you can just select the correct one; and then I'm going to click on Schedule Posts again.

So now, what happens is that SimplyPLR actually gives you the title of the article and tells you exactly when this article will be posted to your WordPress blog. So if you're happy with this, you can just click on Accept This Schedule. Okay?

So now, I see that all the articles in this particular niche, which is the Abs niche, has been posted to my blog at exactly the same time simply because that's how I set it. Okay, so let's go back to my blog earlier, and let's click on Post and click on Edit Post. Okay, so although I've selected all these articles to be published right now at this moment, there is, however, a queue system in SimplyPLR as well. So if there are other members also using this automatic blog posting feature, then your blog post or your request will be entered into the queue, and when your time is up, only then will the articles be actually posted to your WordPress blog. However, it will be the exact date, year, and time as you see here.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how you can get free blog content that is at least 30% unique for an unlimited amount of sites or blogs that you have, using a service called Article Marketing Automation, or let's just call it AMA for short. Now, Article Marketing Automation works in two ways - you can either submit your sites and get free content, or you can submit content and get free one-way links to your blog.

So what I'm gonna do now is just log in to the Members' Area and then I'm gonna click on Manage My Sites. So you can see, I already have a number of sites in the Article Marketing Automation system, and each of those sites have got pretty high number of free content from the system, and this blog has got 576 unique articles from the system, which is at least 30% unique. And I'm gonna show you how to add your own blogs to the system, assuming, of course, that you're using a WordPress blog. So, we're gonna click on Add.

Then the first thing you need to do is enter your site URL. So enter the full URL, including the http, and then click on "Continue." What you wanna do next is select a category for this blog. Now, this is the very, very unique thing about article automation, is that you can choose to receive all the articles in the system, or you can choose only certain categories. And that really helps you to build a better niche content blog on certain topics only, and you are assured that you will only get related articles and not off-topic articles, but in this example, I'm just gonna select Receive All Categories, and you can see my site URL here, so what I need to do is put in my login User ID and also the login password. But if you are using a WordPress blog, there is one additional configuration that you need to do.

In your WordPress blog itself, click on the Settings tab, and then click on Writing. What you need to do is enable remote publishing of content to your WordPress blog. Otherwise, the only way you can add content to your blog is by logging in to your blog and adding in the content, and publishing the content manually. But with article marketing automation, only content is added to your WordPress blog automatically, and you don't need to interfere in the process at all. Provided, of course, that you enable remote publishing. So I'm going to check on Atom Publishing Protocol and also on XML-RPC. Okay.

And when you're done, you can just scroll to the bottom and click on Save Changes. So back to the Article Marketing Automation setup page; I'm just gonna enter my User ID and also my password. Then, you can also select the number of articles that you want to receive on any given day, so if you do not want your blog to appear that it is expanding at an exponential rate, and this may actually be - this may actually look suspicious, then you can just specify, for example, if you only want 20 articles per day.

Now, this also depends, of course, on the particular niche category that you have selected. Some categories may have a lot of articles and some categories may have lesser articles, depending on the popularity of that particular niche market. In the example that I'm showing here, of course, I've chosen to receive all articles from all categories, so I don't want my blog to receive thousands of articles per day. I'm just gonna select 20 articles, and remember that your articles that you get from Article Marketing Automation will also contain links inside the content area itself, so you may want to open those links in the new window, and if you're too lazy to approve articles, you can just select auto-approved new articles, and most importantly, auto-reject articles that are rewritten less than 30%. This is, of course, due to duplicate content concerns. So you want to make sure that any content you publish on your blog is at least 30% rewritten, which means that it is at least 30% unique, and you want to automatically reject articles that do not meet that standard.

And then you just need to verify your settings by entering the capture words, and finally, click on Add.

Now once your site has been added, and if you've chosen to receive articles from many different categories, then you can also map the existing categories in articlemarketingautomation.com to the existing categories on your blog. So in this example, this is just a test blog, so I don't have any categories set up, but if I do, or if I want to set up categories right now, I can go ahead and do that, to make sure that all the content is entered into the appropriate categories. And you can see, there are a lot of categories here since I've chosen to accept all articles. You may find less categories if you only accept certain niche topics. And then finally, click on Save.

Okay, and this is actually a different blog because you probably need to wait for some time before the articles start coming in. So I'm going to show you how some of the articles that you received from Article Marketing Automation is gonna look like. And first is, of course the title and then this AdSense ad, which I have added to my blog. And AdSense is probably one of the easiest ways to make money from using free articles from Article Marketing Automation, and you can also use other monetization methods like affiliate links and et cetera, depending of course on what topics that you choose to receive for your blog and how targeted your blog is.

And here, you can see the content of the article itself and some of the links that the author of this article has entered to his or her own websites, and  you'd probably see three links, and this is the third link here. So you can scroll down, and I will see a new article here - the Most Dangerous Affiliate Marketing Mistakes. Now, in this blog, of course, I've chosen to accept articles from all different types of categories. You can see one link here, the second link here, and also the third link right here. Okay?

So it's important that you do not remove these links, because this is one of the Terms of Service of using Article Marketing Automation, is that you do not manually remove or edit those articles in any way. Since all the articles are being published to your blog automatically in the first place, then you can just have a hands-free approach to this blog, and just accept all articles as they are.

Of course, you have already in the Settings page specified that your articles must be at least 30% unique content. So the next thing you can do is add more blogs to the Article Marketing Automation system. You can either create generic article-type sites, or you can also create niche content-specific  websites or blogs and get free content for a very, very long time using  Article Marketing Automation.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to get one way links using a service called Article Marketing Automation, and you can find that at Articlemarketingautomation.com. So what is Article Marketing Automation? Or let's call it AMA for short.

So what is AMA? AMA is basically a network of sites and blogs that you can join, and there's really two ways you can benefit from AMA. The first way is that you can get unique blog content for free to your blogs, and you can also get one-way links by submitting articles to other blogs. So what I'm gonna do is I'm going to login to my AMA account.

And then I'm gonna click on Manage My Articles. Okay, so right here, you can see that there are several articles that I have already answered into the Article Marketing Automation system. But now I'm going to show you how to add a new article and how to make that article spinnable as well as how to insert links to your own website within the content of those articles themselves. I'm gonna click on Add.

First thing you need to do here is to select the category, and then select your distribution date; so if I want to publish this article immediately, I'm just gonna just leave it as current date. Now what's important is that you don't try to write the article directly in this user interface of Article Marketing Automation because your Internet may get disconnected or you may have other problems, et cetera, and you may lose whatever work that you have saved here. So I recommend that you write your article elsewhere, preferably using the Notepad application which should be, by default, installed on your computer.

And once I've entered the article title, I'm just gonna scroll down here, and then I'm going to paste the article into the article body.

Okay, so you can see my full article content over here related to Tongkat Ali, and then now, what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna put in some links to my own website. Now, Article Marketing Automation allows you to have three links within the content of your article to any site that you want. It does not always have to be your own website, but of course you would want to get the most amount of benefit for your own websites but you can also put in affiliate links; links to YouTube videos, links to your Twitter site, et cetera - anything you want. So I'm just gonna select the text that I want to be linked to my website, and then I'm gonna click on the link icon here, Insert Edit Link. And then I'm gonna paste that link here. Okay? And click on Insert. And now you can see that this particular line of text has been hyperlinked to my website and you can literally do this for any keyword that you want. Make sure that those keywords that you select within this content area relates exactly to the correct page on your website. So, for example, if I want to link this particular sentence, "Tongkat Ali increases the testosterone level…" so I'm gonna link this to the website, my website, on to a particular page. Now that's very important. You don't always need to link to the main home page of your website. You can link to any page within your website itself, and in fact, that's slightly more effective than linking to the main page of your website. And I'm gonna do that again for another keyword phrase.

Okay, so I've inserted two links and you can of course insert up to three links, if you want. Now I'm gonna scroll down a bit. Okay, and the next thing you need to do is insert some text, and once I've inserted those texts then I'm gonna scroll down, so if you actually have a YouTube video URL, then you can just copy and paste that URL into this section here, and you can also give it a link anchor text. If you don't have any YouTube URL, if you do not have any YouTube videos at all, then you can just leave this blank, and you can put in your distribution limit here as zero for unlimited, or if you want to limit your articles to say, about only two hundred or three hundred articles to be published via this Article Marketing Automation system, then you can just enter that here, and then finally, you can just double-check a lot of stuff here and then click on Save as Draft.

Okay, now your article has been entered and saved as draft into the AMA system. Now, Article Marketing Automation has a built-in article rewriting system and the way it works is pretty simple. You have the original article title and then you enter up to ten variations of the article title, and you do this for every single sentence in your article. Now of course, you don't actually have to write ten variations for each sentence, and of course, that's gonna take you a very, very long time. But you have to understand, the more variations that you create, the higher the chances that your articles will be accepted and published by other members of the network, and also the higher your chances of getting as many back links as possible from this one article. So you can actually look at it in two ways. You can either create a less-modified article and then create less variations for each sentences, and then go on and add other new articles in the system; or you can just focus on one article and making sure that article is at least 30 percent unique and if you can make it at least 100 percent unique. To make your article 100 percent unique, it's not really that difficult if you can actually enter 10 variations or at least up to 5 variations for each sentence in your article.

Okay, so to save some time in this video, I've just paused the video earlier and now I've entered 10 variations of the original title of my article, and the original title, as you can see, is very short. It's just "Benefits of Tongkat Ali." And without changing the actual meaning of the title, I have written up to 10 variations; and you can see - first variation is What Are the Benefits of Tongkat Ali? Then I go on, Tongkat Ali and Its Benefits, The Benefits of Tongkat Ali, and this is, well, pretty similar to the original title. The original title is Benefits of Tongkat Ali, and I just added 'The' Benefits of Tongkat Ali; but this, in actual fact, creates a new variation for a title, so it's okay. Then I go on, How Does Tongkat Ali Help You? How Can Tongkat Ali Help You? And so on, to create 10 different variations. And then once I'm done, I can just click on Continue and I'll go to the next sentence.

So this is an article that I've created before. It is a product review, actually, for Paid Surveys Online. You can see here that the title of the article is 271% rewritten and the body is about 172% rewritten. Now, the thing is, in Article Marketing Automation, some of the blog owners here who have submitted their blogs or network have chosen to manually approve articles that you submit to them, so some of them usually will only accept articles that are at least 100% rewritten. But as I mentioned earlier, this is not really that difficult to do, if you create at least 5 variations for each sentence and also the title of your article, it should be pretty good and most of the blog owners should accept it without any problems.

And you can also see here that the preview of the article consists of 471 words. Now that's a minimum of 300 words from numbers taken in Article Marketing Automation and this may change from time to time, so you can just check with them what is the minimum words required for each article. So what I'm gonna do, is I'm gonna show you how this article spinning works in Article Marketing Automation, or AMA for short. I'm just gonna refresh this page, so pay attention to the title and also the statistics up here. I'm gonna refresh this page…okay, so what I've just done is that I have fetched a different variation of the article, and this variation - the title is 420% rewritten and the body is 182% rewritten, and if I refresh that again, then now you can see that the stats again have changed, and in this example, you can actually see there's a completely new title, and a lot of the body content has changed as well. So if I want to continue to rewrite this, I can just click on Rewrite and again rewrite this article, but what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna check if this article is okay.

Okay? And then I'm gonna click on Edit.

Alright, so you can see the same screen here as I've shown you before, and I've selected the category and also the distribution date, which is today, and since I have already pre-spun the title and also the article body, now you can see some of the syntax, some of the codes here, and you can see different variations of the title and a separator for the variations. Alright, and if you scroll down, you can actually see the same thing happening in the body of the content itself, and here are some of the variations that you can notice. This is actually just one sentence; you will see the full stop here. So this full thing here is one sentence, but in any particular variation, only certain parts of this text are used. Alright, and you can see these are the separators for the variations of that particular sentence.

Okay, so once I'm done, and I selected the distribution limit as zero, and then I'm just gonna click on Publish. And it says here that my article "has been published and is available from the date you selected for distribution into the network," which is today. So my article will be available to all the blog owners or all the website owners in AMA immediately and if they have chosen to publish articles automatically, then now, my articles would be published automatically to all those blogs; and some members of course, would choose to manually review before publishing articles, so in cases of manual reviews, then the blog owners will, in the next few days I hope, review my article and see that it is at least 172% rewritten, so that serves them perfectly well because what they are looking for is a content that is unique, or at least unique enough to not be considered duplicate content by search engines like Google and et cetera.

So that's how you add articles into Article Marketing Automation and also get one-way links to your website, to your Twitter account, to your Facebook account, or any URL that you want.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to install a simple plugin to your WordPress blog that will actually help you to check your search engine rankings or individual blog posts and also helps you to analyze the changes in your search engine rankings over a period of time.

Just go to plugins and click on Add New. In the Search box, type in SEO rank, and click on Search Plugins. The plugin that we are looking for is called SEO Rank Reporter, so click on Install Now. Once the plugin has been installed, just click on Activate Plugin to activate the plugin. Once the plugin has been installed, you'll see a new menu here for Rank Reporter. Click on Rank Report.

Since this is your first time using the SEO Rank Reporter, you'll get a message that says "No keywords have been added." So just click on Add Keywords to add new keywords. To check your search engine rankings, you need to know the exact keyword term or search term that you target to rank for in the search engines and also the URL of the post or page that you want to check. Once you have your keyword and the URL of the blog post, click on Check Rankings to see your current search engine rankings. Based on the results, I can see that for the keyword 'spynot internet privacy protection', that my blog is not in the Top 100 results in Google.

So the plugin will only check for the first Top 100 results. To monitor this keyword and add it to your search engine rankings checker, just click on Add to Reporter.

Once you've added the keyword, you should see, under Rank Report, the keyword that you wanna check, the blog post URL, or the blog page URL, the current search engine rank, and also changes in rankings over the past 3 days. At the bottom, you can see the last check date, which, in this case, is February 19, and the next rank check schedule, which is February 22nd. So the plugin checks changes in search engine rankings every 3 days.

Next, click on Settings. The SEO Rank Reporter plugin also comes w/ an email notification feature. So to receive email notifications, just click 'Check this box to turn on email notifications'. And then enter the email address that you want to receive the notifications to.

Finally, by default, the plugin will notify you when a keyword changes rank in 10 positions, up or down. So you can just leave that as it is, the default is 10, and click on Update.

That's how easy it is to install the SEO Rank Reporter plugin to your WordPress blog. In the next email, I will actually show you some live examples from one of my own blogs to show you exactly how the plugin works.

In the first video, I showed you how to install a WordPress plugin called SEO Rank Reporter that helps you analyze your search engine rankings and also report changes in your search engine ranking.

So this is an example from an actual working blog that I use, and when you click on Rank Report, you'll be able to see all the keywords that you're currently tracking, and also the current position and changes in position for that keyword on Google.com.

As you can see from the graph here, I am currently monitoring 5 keywords and you can see that some of the keywords have relatively unchanged for the past 3 days, whereas some of the keywords have actually increased in rankings, and one particular keyword has decreased drastically in search engine rankings.

If you scroll down in the table right here, you can actually check or uncheck the links and the keywords that you want to include in your graph. Now, the most important is the current rank. So you can see the current rank for this particular keyword is No. 9 in Google, and in the past 3 days, it has actually gone up by 3 spots, or 3 rankings. And the starting rank for this keyword when I installed this plugin was 12.

And for the second keyword, you can see, that is currently not in the Top 100. Alright? So it was No. 7 when I first started tracking it, and since then, it has decreased 93 spots - that's a lot - in the past 3 days. But this is fairly typical in any Google ranking, especially for new blog posts or new keywords. You will see dramatic increases and decreases in your search engine rankings, but over time, the search engine ranking will actually stabilize.

You can also click on the table header to sort, to see what are the biggest losers…and also the biggest improvements in keywords that you are tracking. Remember that we also turned on the email notification feature that will actually send you an email when any keyword that you are tracking or monitoring has changed positions more than 10 spots.

So this is how the email will look like. You will get the email notification that tells you what keywords you are tracking; the blog URL; the current rank; previous rank; and the number of spots - up or down - that the keyword has changed in the past 3 days.

So this plugin is extremely useful for anyone who wants to get free search engine traffic from Google.

In this video, I'm going to give you an overview of the AWeber software and also show you how to get started with AWeber for just $1.00.

AWeber is an email marketing and autoresponder software that you can use to build an email list and also to communicate with your subscribers. AWeber is a 100%-hosted solution, which means that you do not have to install any script to your web hosting; all you need to do is create an AWeber account and you can start using the software immediately.

The first thing you wanna do is take a look at the AWeber features. So the easiest way to do this is to go to Features, and then click on Comprehensive Features Overview. On this page, you'll be able to see all the AWeber features. Some of the features that they have is the ability to send email newsletters, to create your own signup forms, manage subscribers, autoresponder software, HTML email templates, blog newsletters, and there are several other features that you can take a look at.

To sign up for AWeber, just click on Pricing. To take a look at the full pricing plan, click on 'Pricing for over 500 subscribers'. And here, you'll be able to see the complete pricing plan. So basically, you can get started for $19 a month and then move upwards to a higher payment amount per month, depending on the amount of subscribers that you have. So for $19 a month, you can have up to 500 subscribers, and then as you increase your subscriber list, you end up paying more. But you can get started with AWeber for just $1.00. To do that, just click on 'Sign Up For Just $1'.

Under the pricing plans, make sure that you select the Monthly pricing plan. This is the only pricing plan where you can claim your $1.00 trial for 30 days. All you need to do is enter a login name, your first name, last name, email address, telephone number, and organization or company name, and this is optional; and then enter your billing information - your billing address, and most importantly, the credit card information. Unfortunately, with AWeber, you can only use a credit card to sign up; there are no PayPal options.

So once you're done, scroll to the bottom and click on I Agree, Complete My Order. So your credit card will be charged $1.00 and you can get 30 days access to AWeber to test AWeber out and see if it is a solution that you are looking for.

In this video, I'm going to log in to my AWeber account and give you an overall tour, or an overview, of the AWeber software. So once you have signed up for AWeber, just put in your customer login ID and your password, then click on Log In to My Account.

On the main dashboard page of your AWeber software, you will be able to see all the different email lists that you have in your AWeber account and also some quick statistics, such as the amount of subscribers that you got today; the amount of subscribers yesterday; the total subscribed; unsubscribed; and the overall grand total of everyone in your email list.

The green bar here indicates how well you have set up your new list in AWeber. So AWeber has several steps that you need to take before your list is 100% complete, and when it is 100% complete, the green bar here would say 'Complete'. Otherwise, you would get an indication of the amount that you have already set up - in this case, 17% - so you can just click on this list to continue setting up that list.

If you scroll to the bottom of the main dashboard, you should be able to see all your recent broadcasts that you have sent out to your email list. You can see the sent date; subject; and also the amount of subscribers that this broadcast was sent to; the number of bounces, complaints, opens, and clicks.

Bounces means the amount of email addresses that have rejected your broadcast, and this could be due to several reasons. Under Complaints, this indicates the percentage of your subscribers who have marked your email as Spam. Then, of course, you can see the amount of subscribers who have opened that particular broadcast and the amount of subscribers who have clicked on the links in that broadcast.

If you scroll to the bottom, under Pending Broadcasts, you can see the broadcasts that are pending for your account and you can click on Review to continue setting up that broadcast. If you want to look up a subscriber, the easiest way is to go to your dashboard and either select Name or Email and enter that email address or name here to see all the different lists that that particular email address is subscribed to.

You can also use the navigation menu or navigation items on top to set up the individual functions of a particular email list. So for example, under My List, you can edit your List Settings, insert Custom Fields, set up Automation Rules, and even click on Email Parser.

Under Messages, you'll be able to enter predefined autoresponder follow-up messages or send a one-time broadcast, and even connect your WordPress blog to AWeber to send automatic blog broadcasts.

Under subscribers, you'll be able to search and import, unsubscribe, and even block certain email addresses that you don't want to subscribe to your AWeber account.

And under Web Forms, you will be able to create new web forms for a particular email list. Under Reports, you will be able to see statistics of your email marketing performance.

All these individual features will be covered in the following videos.

In this video, I'm going to show you step by step how to create a new list in AWeber and how to set it up. Once you're logged in to your AWeber account, at the top, click on Create and Manage Lists. Here, you'll be able to see all your current lists if you have any; otherwise, just click on Create a New List.

Now, the first thing you want to do is go to the Basic Information section, and under List Name, instead of the default list name, I recommend that you create your own list name so that it will be easier to identify.

Once you have found a list name that is available, enter the list description, your name, email address, and also your contact address. Next, when you scroll to the bottom, you can also choose to receive an email every time a new subscriber is added to your list. This is completely optional, so once you're done, click on Save Settings.

Next, you'll be asked to enter your company name, website URL, and also an email signature that will be inserted into every email that you send out.

If you have a company logo that you'd want to use, then you can just click on Upload Your Logo to upload a new logo to your AWeber account.

Under the Social Media or Sharing Services, you will be able to integrate your Twitter account and also your Facebook account into your AWeber software. So to do that, just click on Connect with Twitter.

You'll be asked to authorize the AWeber software to connect to your Twitter account. So all you need to do is enter your username and password, then click on Allow. Once you've connected your Twitter account, you can also connect your Facebook account to your AWeber software. To do that, just click on Connect with Facebook.

In the next step, you'll be asked to allow the AWeber software to access your Facebook account and also to make posts to your Facebook wall. Click on Allow. Once your Facebook account has been connected, you will be able to see your main Facebook profile as well as other pages, groups, etc. that you have in Facebook, and you can choose if you want to automatically post your broadcasts to those pages or not.

If you scroll down, you'll be able to create global text snippets. This is an advanced option and you probably don't need this right now, so click on Save Settings. If you have followed the steps correctly, then by this stage, you'll be able to see under the setup wizard at the bottom that your list is 50% complete. So in the following video, we'll continue with your AWeber list settings until it is fully complete.

In Step 2 of your AWeber list setup, you'll be asked to choose a confirmation message. By default, the message that your subscribers will get is Confirm Your Subscription. However, you can select from other types of confirmation email headers, or you can also create a custom one; just type in whatever confirmation message that you wanna put in here, and you can also put in the first name, last name, etc., all these variables can be inserted into your email title.

However, custom email titles that you create will have to be approved by someone from the AWeber support team.

Next, you can edit the introduction to your confirmation message; all you need to do is click on the message here, and you can edit this to whatever you want. You can also click on the signature to edit the signature of your confirmation email.

If you scroll to the bottom, under Step 2, you can choose to turn the Confirm Opt-In on or off. By default, the Confirm Opt-In is on, and I recommend that you leave it as on. If you have a particular page that you want to take your subscribers to, once they have confirmed to your email list, then you can enter that URL here. If you don't have any URL at the moment, you can leave this blank and click on Save Settings.

Once your settings have been saved, you should see the Setup Wizard is now 75% complete, and the next step is to create a welcome email. So to do that, just click on Do This Step. The welcome email is the first email that all subscribers receive when they subscribe to your AWeber email list. So just enter the subject of your email here, put in an HTML message, and also put in a plain text message.

So I have entered a subject and also an HTML message. Now, there are many variables you can see within your message, and these variables will be replaced with the actual name of the subscriber. So to personalize your email, just click on Personalize, and then you can enter the full name, the first name, or the last name. Just click on this, and the variables will be entered here.

Once you're done, click on Save Message. You can continue to add more follow-up autoresponder messages or to proceed with creating your list. Look at the next step, and it should say that the next step is to create a web form. Click on Do This Step. You will be taken to the web form creation page, and in the next video, I will actually show you how to create a customized web form. For this example, just click on Save Web Form, and then click on Go to Step 2.

In Step 2 of the web form setup, you'll be asked to give your web form a name and also select the thank-you page that you want subscribers to redirect to once they have entered their name and email address. So if you have your own page, you can just click on Custom Page and enter your URL here, but AWeber also gives you some ready-made templates, an audio version, and also a smart video version that you can use.

So I'm going to click on Smart Video Version. And to see how this looks like, I can just click on Preview.

So this is how the smart video version looks like.

For subscribers who are already subscribed to the same list, you can choose to send them to a custom page, or leave it as the default basic version. Then, click on Go to Step 3.

Click on Save Web Form...now that your web form has been created, you have to put it on your website. So you can click on either Install My Own Form and use the Javascript version, or the raw HTML version. The Javascript version is definitely much easier, especially if you're just getting started with email marketing.

If you don't have a website, then you can also have the hosted version of your web form. All you need to do is send your subscribers to this URL. To preview how this hosted version looks like, click on Preview.

This is how your hosted web form would look like. If you look at the bottom, you can see that the Setup Wizard is now at 92% complete. To get this up to 100% complete, you need to put the web form on your website. So it says here, Put The Form On Your Site...copy and paste it to your website, and test it out. This step will be marked complete within 24 hours of your first form subscription. So I would recommend that you put the web form on your website and subscribe your own email address to the web form to complete your list setup and make the status into 100%.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to add a series of automatic follow-up messages to your AWeber list.

Once you are logged in to your AWeber account, make sure that you are selecting the list that you want to work with, then go to Messages, and click on Follow Up. When you first created this list, you would have created the default follow up message, and this is the instant message that people would get when they subscribe to your list. But now, we're gonna add a series of new follow up messages so that you can automatically follow up with all new subscribers.

To do that, just click on Create a New Follow Up Message. Now all you need to do is enter your subject, and the HTML version of the message, as well as the text version of the message.

Whenever possible, make sure you enter both the HTML and the text version of your messages. If you only want to use one of the methods, then I recommend that you use the text-only version. If you send any email in only HTML without a backup or text version, then some email clients that do not accept HTML may completely block out your email message, or worse still, the email that your subscribers receive may appear to be completely blank.

So here, I have entered the subject and also the email message that I want to send. Now, I want to make this follow up message customized to each subscriber. So what I'm gonna do is click on Personalize, and now I'm going to enter the first name. Now, the difference between the first name_fix and just the first name variables here is that the first name fix would automatically fix the capitalization of the name. So I'm going to put in the first name_fix. And the next thing I want to do is enter my signature. I'm gonna look for Signature, and I'm gonna put in my signature.

If you don't want to send plain-looking email messages, you can always look at the available templates in your AWeber account and scroll down...select the template that you wanna get more information on, and in the preview area here, you will be able to see the sample HTML template. So if this is the template that you wanna use, click on Load Template.

When you load a new template, however, the email message will be lost, so you would need to retype your email message. Once you are satisfied with the email message, scroll to the bottom, and under the plain text message, make sure you enter a plain text version as well as a backup to the HTML email.

Now, if you scroll to the bottom, you'll see the Interval settings. This is perhaps one of the most important settings for you to create a sequential autoresponder follow up system. Remember that the first message in your follow up system would be sent immediately and automatically when someone subscribes. So for message no. 2, you can choose to send this an X number of days after the previous message. So I could change this to 3 days. If, however, you want to make sure that email messages are only sent on certain days and times, then you can check this option here, and then select the days that you want the email message to be sent out. So if you want to avoid the weekends, then you can always select Monday, and even select a time frame...so this would mean that although you want to send this email message 3 days after the previous message, the system would first check if it matches your date and time settings here. If it does not, then it will hold on to the message and only send the message on Monday, anytime between 6AM - 9AM.

You can also send messages based on each subscriber's local time, so this is a very, very useful feature.

Now, if you want to apply the same settings to all of your autoresponder messages, then just check this option so you don't have to do this step all over again. When you're done, click on Save Message.

Now you can see that I have 2 follow up messages. The first message goes out instantly, and the second message goes out after 3 days. If I want to rearrange the order of messages, the easiest way is to just put your mouse over the table row, click, and drag to where you want the message to go, and then release that message. Alright? But now you see that the interval has been reset to zero. So you may want to go to those messages again and adjust the interval accordingly.

And you can keep on doing this for as many automated follow up messages that you want, creating a sequence of email autoresponder messages that you can use to automatically follow up with your clients and prospects for days, months, and even years.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a new email broadcast in AWeber. Once you are logged in to your AWeber account, click on messages and click on Broadcast. Next, click on Create a New Broadcast Message. All you need to do is enter your broadcast subject then select an email template that you want to use. You can either use the basic plain version or select a template from here, and you should see the preview of this template. If you're satisfied with the template, click on Load Template.

Next, enter the text or the email message that you want to send in this template, and make sure you also have a plain-text version of the same email. Click on Wrap Long Lines to make sure that your text version has the proper formatting. When you scroll down, you can choose to send this broadcast message immediately, or you can choose to send it later - in which case, just select the date that you want to send this broadcast and also the time. The time here is the United States' Eastern Time or EST, so make sure that you have the correct local time if you are targeting your broadcast to a local audience.

Next, you can choose the segment of subscribers that you want to send to. By default, there are several segments that you can choose; however, you can also filter and create your own segments. The default segments are All Subscribers, Subscribers Added Today, Yesterday, Past 7 Days, 30 Days, 1 Year, and All Active Subscribers. So if you want to send this broadcast email to everyone in this particular list, select All Subscribers.

Next, you can also choose to include several of your other lists into the same broadcast email. To do that, just click on 'include or exclude lists'. Here, you can select the lists that you want to include and also the lists that you want to exclude.

Next, you can also choose to track clicks on website links in this message. Now, by default, this option is turned on and I recommend that you do track the clicks in your email messages. You can also automatically post this email broadcast to the social media or sharing services that you have set up before.

Next, there is an option for QuickStats Notification. By default, this is turned off; however, if you want to get QuickStats as soon as your broadcast is sent, then you can turn this option on. Just click on Save Message to save your email broadcast.

Here, you can see the date that your email broadcast will be sent out; the subject; the segment; the type - HTML and text; the click tracking is turned on; and the spam score is 0. So make sure that your spam score is not too high; otherwise, your email would never get delivered to the Inbox of your subscribers.

To test this email, just click on Test. Enter your email address, your name, and ad tracking value, if you want to, then click on Send Test to receive a test copy of your email before you confirm and send the email out to all your subscribers.

To queue this email, just click on Queue. Once an email is in queue, it will be sent automatically if you have selected to send it out immediately or it will be sent automatically on the date and time that you specified here.

And that's how easy it is to create a new broadcast email in AWeber.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to set up your AWeber web subscription forms. First, just log in to your AWeber account, then make sure that you are working with the current list that you want to create a web form for, then click on Web Forms.

If you have an existing web form, then you can click on that web form to edit it and to change the web form's design and look. However, in this video, I'm gonna show you how to create a new web form, so just click on Create a New Web Form.

In the web form's creation screen, the first thing you need to do is select what type of web form that you want to use. If you look under Web Form Types, you can see that there are several different types of web forms you can use to collect names and email addresses. The first is the In-Line, and this appears within the current webpage body. Second is the Pop-Over - this hovers within the webpage and is usually unblockable. The third is a Lightbox, and this is identical to pop-over but it darkens your webpage; and the fourth is a Pop-Up. This web form opens in a new window.

In this example, I'm going to show you how to create an in-line web form, but you can always experiment with different types of web forms.

Next, you'd want to select a web form template, and as you can see, AWeber already provides several web form templates that you can use, so you can just click on the menu here to look at the popular web forms, the new web forms, and also corporate web forms, or your chosen templates.

So I'm going to select this web form - the mail icon, I'm just going to click on that...now, that opens up another window where I can edit or choose the color scheme for my web form. Once you have selected the color scheme that you want to use, click on Load Template. When you mouse over the Edit Header, Edit Footer, or Resize links here, you can actually click on those links, and that will open up the edit header screen, where you can actually enter a text that you want to use in the header of your web form. And as you type, you can see the text appears in real time in your web form sample. You can do the same thing with the footer, and you can just hold the resize link with your mouse button, and you can drag it to resize the web form to whatever size you want that fits your blog or website.

If you want to change the background of this particular web form, then you can just click on the background options here to either apply gradient or not, and that toggles the gradient, as you can see here, and also select the color for your web form. You'll also notice an advanced link here - clicking on the advanced link, you will actually be able to upload your own background image if you want to, and align that background image to your web form.

You can also modify the padding of this web form, but if you're a beginner, then you can just accept the web form as it is and close the advanced options.

The next thing that you may want to include in your web form is a subscription counter. Just click on the Counter icon and then you can select the colors for your counter. You can see the counter appears here. The other 2 links in your web form is a link to an AWeber Privacy Statement which you can edit to align it, or you can also remove it.

And finally, the link powered by AWeber email marketing. When you click on Edit, you will actually be able to enter your AWeber affiliate ID into this link so that you can earn recurring commissions from the AWeber affiliate program. If you do not want to display this link, just click on the Close button, and it will be removed.

When you're satisfied with the look and feel of your web form, just click Save Web Form, and that will save your current settings. Then click on Go to Step 2. In the next video, I will show you how to configure your web form.

In the previous video, I showed you how to design a web form in your AWeber account. Now, in Step 2, we will create the basic settings for your web form. To edit the settings for your AWeber web form, just enter a form name, then choose the Thank You page version that you want to display to users who have entered their name and email address into your web form. By default, the basic version is selected. To see how the basic version looks like, just click on Preview. Other options include the audio version, the smart video version, or a custom URL, or you can also choose to simply not do anything and stay on the current page, but display a message to the subscriber that their email address has been added. If you choose custom page, then you need to enter the URL that you want to redirect your visitors to, and you can also choose to open this in a new window. We select the smart audio version, we can take a look at the smart audio version...

Now let's go to the advanced settings. You can toggle your advanced settings on and off by clicking on the Advanced Settings link here. Under Ad Tracking, it's important that you enter an ad tracking identifier code, so that it will be easier for you to check where your subscribers are coming from. By default, AWeber would put in an ad tracking identifier code based on the name of your web form. However, you can change this to whatever you want.

For example, if you are putting this web form on your blog, then you can put the ad tracking identifier as 'blog'. Next, you can choose the start message. Now, by default, all subscribers will receive your first follow up email message. However, you can send them to different follow up messages or choose to not send any follow ups and just add them to your AWeber list so that you can send them email broadcasts in the future.

If you are using some kind of shopping cart software, then you can also pass the form data to your thank you page. This would actually pass the subscriber's name, email address, and any other information that they have entered into the browser of your thank you page so that it can be captured by third-party software. You can just leave this unchecked. Then click on Save Web Form.

When you're done, click on Go to Step 3. In Step 3, you will receive the web form codes that you can copy and paste to your website or blog. If you wanna install it yourself, click on I Will Install My Form, and then you can just copy this Javascript code and put it into your website or blog to display the web form.

If you know HTML, or if you have advanced customization needs, then you can click on Raw HTML version, and you can see that this code version actually lists the entire web form including the CSS styles and the web form input data, etc. So definitely, this is the choice that you wanna use if you do not know HTML. If you have a web designer and you want to send information to your web designer, then you can just click on this link here...enter your web designer's email address, and a message to your web designer.

The third option is to have AWeber host your web form. If you want to use this option, you have to send your subscribers to this link. When you have created several different types of web forms and you have put those web forms on your site, and those web forms have started collecting names and email addresses, then when you click on your web forms link, you should be able to see an overview of the performance of the individual web forms.

The first column shows the type of web form; the second shows how many times the web form was displayed on your blog or website; the third, submissions, shows you how many subscribers have entered their name and email address and subscribed to your AWeber list. And this is a ratio of the submissions divided by the total amount of displays. So this field here actually shows you the effectiveness of your web form. And as you can see, different web forms have different opt-in rates or subscription rates, so you may want to experiment with your web forms and create multiple different styles and types of web forms until you get a web form that gets you the most amount of subscribers.

Unique Displays is the same as Displays; however, it does not count multiple displays to the same user, and this is based on the IP address of the user. And this subscriber per unique display (S/UD) is the same as subscriber per display (S/D); however, as a unique display, it only counts unique subscribers based on the IP address.

So that's how easy it is to create and manage web forms in your AWeber account.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to add your AWeber subscription form, or your AWeber opt-in form to a WordPress blog.

All you need to do is go to your AWeber account, make sure that you selected your current list, and under the web forms section, select the web form that you want to display, click on Publish.

Now, you'd get the codes that you can copy and paste into your WordPress blog. Just copy this code, then go back to your WordPress blog. Under Appearances, click on Widgets. In the widgets screen, all you need to do is look for that plain text widget that allows you to put text or HTML, and just click this, drag it to where you want the opt-in form to go, and release it there.

Next, give your opt-in form subscription a title...and paste the AWeber code here. Then, click on Save.

Now, when you refresh your blog, you should see the AWeber opt-in form here. If, for any reason, your opt-in form does not fit your blog layout, as per the example here, you can just go back to your AWeber account and edit the width settings or modify your opt-in form in any way, and these changes will automatically be reflected in your WordPress blog.

And that's how easy it is to start putting AWeber opt-in forms on your WordPress blog to start getting subscribers immediately.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a blog broadcast or an RSS-to-email broadcast in your AWeber account.

By creating an RSS-to-email broadcast, you can automatically syndicate your latest blog post and automatically email all your subscribers with the contents of your blog post.

To get started, make sure that you are working with the list that you want, then go to Messages, and click on Blog Broadcast. Then, click on Create a New Blog Broadcast. The first thing that you'll be asked to provide is your RSS feed URL. Now, if you have a WordPress blog or a Blogspot blog, or any other content management system that has an RSS feed, then just copy and paste that RSS feed URL here. If you have a FeedBurner RSS feed URL, then you can also put that in here instead of the default feed URL provided by a content management system or WordPress blog.

Next, what you need to do is scroll down and select a template that you want to use for your blog broadcast. Just click on the template name, then you would get the template preview as you can see here...then when you've found the template you want to use, click on Load Template.

Now, you can see that the subject line has been created for you and also the template appears to be blank other than the variables you see here. This is because unlike a regular autoresponder message or broadcast message, an RSS-to-email message will automatically get your blog title and blog post content, and these variables here will be replaced by the actual title and content before the email is sent out. If you scroll to the bottom, you'd be able to see the plain text message.

Next, you can choose when to send this broadcast. You can either send it immediately or only at a certain time.

Next, you can select how often to send your blog broadcast. Now, this is the interesting part about AWeber's RSS-to-email feature. Using this feature, you do not have to send out individual blog posts as they come in to your subscribers. Instead, you can send a Daily Digest or a collection of your latest blog posts, and to do that, just select this option to 3 or whatever number that you want. When you do this, AWeber will wait and collect your 3 latest blog posts before sending the email out to your subscribers.

You can also choose to send out your blog broadcasts on a specific day, or specific date of the month. In this example, I've chosen to send out my blog broadcast on the first Monday of every month. When I set it this week, AWeber software will automatically collect all the latest blog posts and keep it, and only send out the digest or the collect of blog posts in a single email on the first Monday. I can choose to send this email out automatically or I can set it to manual so that I can still review the pending email broadcast before sending it out.

Next, as usual, I can track clicks on my website and I can also share my latest blog broadcast to Twitter and Facebook. When you're done, click on Save Blog Broadcast.

Here, you can see the feed title from your blog; the last check basically tells you when was the last time the AWeber software checked for new content on your blog; you can see that click tracking is on, and that you have chosen to send out broadcasts automatically at 9AM Eastern on the first Monday of the month. And, as usual, if you want to test out the blog broadcast, you can click on Test, and you can also delete your blog broadcast.

Now, I'm gonna show you an example of a previous working blog broadcast that I have created for a blog, and you can see the FeedBurner URL...as well as the email template that I use. This is a customized email template based on the default, and then later, I have customized it accordingly, and also adding some links that I want.

You can see the text message, the settings, and when you scroll down, you can see that these are all the previous blog posts from my WordPress blog that have been syndicated to AWeber using the RSS-to-email feature, and that have been sent out on specific dates.

This blog post is new, and it has not yet been sent to my subscribers due to the settings that I have, which require each email to have at least 2 different blog posts.

So that's how easy it is to use AWeber's RSS-to-email feature to send blog broadcasts.

GetResponse is a pretty established email marketing and autoresponder software, and in fact, GetResponse has been around for years and you'll probably find thousands of affiliate marketers and Internet marketers already using GetResponse.

So let's take a look at some of the features in GetResponse, and you can find that by going to GetResponse.com and clicking on Features.

So you can see that GetResponse supports video email marketing; it also supports social media integration with Twitter and other social media services. And if you have an iPhone, you can always use your iPhone with the... GetResponse iPhone application. They have online surveys, 300+ industry templates, split testing, unlimited follow-up messages, and email analytics. But essentially, GetResponse is a software that allows you to build a list of subscribers from your website or blog, and also to communicate to subscribers via email. So now, let's click on Order Now.

And you can see that GetResponse employs a tiered pricing, whereby the lowest level is 'Up to 500' contacts, and that's about $18 per month. So if you already have a list of subscribers and you want to migrate to GetResponse right away, you can see how much it's gonna cost based on the amount of subscribers you have. So let's say you have about 6,000 subscribers - so it will cost you about $65 for a one-time...uh, for a monthly fee; and then if you wanna add on email marketing...you can add on email marketing; surveys are free, however. And then you can also choose to prepay for 1 month, 6 months, or 12 months, with the respective discounts that you get in this column right here. And when you scroll to the right, you'll be able to see the summary of how much you're gonna pay, and also the 12-month prepay option or whatever other option you selected. And you can see the real-time pricing changes over here. But in this video, what we're interested in doing is to sign up for a free account with GetResponse.com. So you can have a look at how it works before deciding if you want to invest in it. Now, the only place you're gonna find a link to sign up for the free account is if you click on the Pricing link right on top. And again, you can see the pricing table here; but now, you can see there's also a FREE option which only allows you, however, up to 10 subscribers. So if you just want to give GetResponse a try, then you can just choose the FREE option. There's no Select button here, but if you scroll to the right, and you'll be able to see a box that allows you to get started for free.

So what you need to do is fill in your login ID or password and confirm your password; and also your first name and email address.

And once you're done with that, you can just click on Sign Up for Free. Okay, so now, what you see is a screen that says, "Thank you for choosing GetResponse. We are glad to have you on board." To activate your GetResponse Free account, please click on the large button in the email we just sent you." So if you have a GMail or Yahoo! mail account, then you can just go to your account, log in, and you should be able to see an email from GetResponse. If you do not see an email from GetResponse here, you may also wanna check in your spam folder or in your email bulk folder. So I'm just gonna click on this.

And most email services nowadays tend to block images in your email by default, so I'm going to turn on images by clicking on "Always display images from GetResponse.com..."

Okay. So now, you can see the full email and a button - a big button - that says ACTIVATE YOUR ACCOUNT HERE! So you're gonna click on that. Okay, so it says, "Congratulations! Your account has been activated. You can now log in." And I'm gonna click on the login link. And I'm gonna put in my user ID and password I selected earlier...and then, I'm gonna click on Login.

And now, GetResponse will probably ask me for more information - more personal information - and the reason they do that is they need to comply with the CAN-SPAM regulations. CAN-SPAM is basically regulations that control email marketing, which basically states that every email marketer, or everyone that sends out commercial email must have a valid contact address stated in the email itself.

So make sure that you fill up this section here with all valid information about yourself. So once you're done filling up all the information here, then you can just click on Update Details.

Okay, so I have successfully created my Free GetResponse account, and now I can always try to create my first campaign and also put in the opt-in form on my website or blog.

In this video, we're going to take a look at how to set up a GetResponse blog announce feature for a GetResponse list, and to put an opt-in form to your WordPress blog.

When you first set up a GetResponse account, GetResponse automatically creates a new campaign based on your user ID. So to see all campaigns, you can just click on Campaigns. And then click on View Campaigns List. Now, this is the default campaign created by GetResponse, and in my case, it's 'youractualname'. That's the name of the list. So if you scroll to the right, you'll be able to see a few links here for campaigns settings, and to show contacts, and also to remove any of your campaigns. So just click on campaign settings. And if you scroll down here, you can actually change the email address that you wanna use - that the users will see when they receive your email newsletter or email broadcast. And you can also choose to send the replies to a different email address. You can also choose to send reports to a particular email address and to send a report daily or weekly, as well as a performance report. But the most important thing here is if you want to automatically broadcast your blog's latest post to your GetResponse subscribers, then you need to find your blog's RSS URL.

So there are really many ways to actually search for your blog's RSS URL, but let's assume, for example, that you are using the default WordPress theme. So if you scroll to the bottom here, you'll be able to see a link for 'Entries (RSS)'. Now, I'm going to copy that link; and then I'm gonna go back to my GetResponse account and paste that link into here. So this is how the RSS feed actually looks like, and I can click on Validate to test if this is the correct RSS feed.

And  then I can choose to announce my latest blog posts to all contacts - only 'Active contacts', or even 'Inactive contacts'. So I'm gonna leave it as the default 'All contacts', and if you already have a Twitter account, then you can also choose to broadcast your latest blog posts to your Twitter account by entering your Twitter login and also your Twitter password.

And then when you're done with that, okay...you can just scroll to the bottom and click on Save Settings.  Now, once the settings have been updated, now you need to create a web form so that you can actually start to collect names and email addresses on your WordPress blog. So to do that, just put your mouse over Contacts, and in the second-level navigation menu, you can see a link for Web Forms. So just click on that.

So it says that I have not created any web forms yet. 'Click Here To Create A New Web Form'. So that's what I'm gonna do.

Now, I'm gonna give my web form a name, and it's important to remember that for any particular list in your GetResponse account, you can have as many different web forms as you want. So for example, you can create on web form for your blog; another web form for a different website, etc., etc. And then I'm gonna click on Inline form and click on Next Step. In the next step, I can actually customize how my opt-in form, or my email collection form, is gonna look like, so if you can - let me scroll down a little...so you can see the default gray box design here, and I can also choose, for example, if I may want a blue box...alright? And then I can change the title of my web form title, and you can see the title here has changed...okay? And I can also change the tags for the submit button. But I'm gonna leave it as Subscribe for now.

And if you look at what appears below the Subscribe button, it's actually the amount of subscribers to that particular GetResponse list. And if you do not want to show the amount of subscribers, especially maybe if you're just starting out and you have zero subscribers, so you may want to check on this to not include counter for subscriptions. Okay? But for the sake of example, I'm just gonna leave this on, and then I'm gonna click on Next Step.

Okay, so it says my web form has been successfully saved. Now, right beside the preview of the subscribe form, you'll be able to see the code that you need to copy and paste into your WordPress blog. The first is a simple Javascript code that you can just copy and paste as it is, and the second is a raw HTML version. Now, if you already know HTML, CSS, etc., then you may wanna use the raw HTML version, which you can even customize further to exactly match your blog. But for the sake of example, I'm gonna copy the first one here - the fast and simple method, and then I'm gonna log in to my WordPress blog, and I'm gonna click on Edit post.

So let me just take the default Hello world! post, okay? I'm gonna click on Edit. And this is how your Edit Post screen will look like. And if you notice, you can actually view the content in your post - either in Visual mode or in HTML mode. So it's important that you switch to HTML mode and then you can just piece your GetResponse script into here, and click on Update post.

Okay, it says my post has been updated, so let's click on View Post to see how the opt-in form looks like on my blog post.

So this is how it looks like, alright? And depending on your team's design or style, there may be some inconsistencies in the web form itself, which you can edit later on inside GetResponse.

Now, what if you wanna put that opt-in form in your blog's sidebar? It's actually pretty easy to do. All you need to do is go to Appearance, and you should see Themes there. So make sure that your team already supports WordPress widgets. If it does, you will see a link here that says Widgets.

So once you click on Widgets, you'll be able to see the amount of sidebar areas in your particular theme. In this case, since this is the default theme, there's only one sidebar here. So to display the opt-in form, I need to look for the Text widget. The Text widget is pretty flexible and it allows you to put almost anything you want. So I'm just gonna drag that - I'm gonna go up here...it's a long way up...and then I'm going to release this in my sidebar.

Okay, and as soon as I release the text widget, it opens up, so I can piece the code that I got earlier, and I can give that a title.

And then I'm gonna click on Save. So once my sidebar has been saved, I can just minimize that, and I'm going to take a look at my blog now to see how it looks like. Alright? So as you can see, there are now two different opt-in forms: the one that I put inside my content; and also the one that appears in my sidebar. Alright? So the way it looks really depends on your WordPress theme. And to get a better feel for that, let me just change to a different WordPress theme. Okay, so I have a couple of themes here, and I'm gonna change to this one, and I'm going to activate the theme, okay?

And now, let's look how the opt-in form appears in this theme. Right, it appears much, much better here because the default WordPress themes is just a bit difficult to work with, so you can always download any free WordPress theme, and as you can see, it's pretty easy to set up a GetResponse list, a Blog Announce, and also to put in the opt-in form into your blog to start collecting subscribers.

Here, we're going to take a look at how to create beautiful HTML newsletters for your blog.

So if you already have a GetResponse account, and you've already put in opt-in form to your WordPress blog, then you should be able to start collecting subscribers. Now, instead of sending them a plain text message, you can actually go to your GetResponse dashboard, alright? And click on Create Messages. And now you can choose to create a follow-up email, which is important for any list in GetResponse, but in this example, you're gonna create an email newsletter for your blog.

So now I can choose to either create an HTML-format newsletter which actually allows me to have much more design elements in my newsletter, or I can choose to have a plainer-looking text format here. If I scroll to the right, you can see this plain-looking text format. So I am going to choose the HTML format.

And in this third screen here, I can actually browse through a couple of pretty sleek and beautiful HTML newsletter designs that GetResponse has already created, and you should be able to find this by default in your account. So if you wanna browse through the template categories, depending on what the topic of your blog or your list is...for example, let's see...my list is about E-commerce & Internet Marketing. So I'm gonna click on that.

And now, you can see there are several pretty interesting HTML newsletter templates to choose from. So I'm gonna mouse over this one here - that one, and I'm going to either choose a color version, and you can see the changes here in real time...right. So this is the one I want, and I'm going to click on Choose this template.

And once I've done that, I can actually look at my existing template and customize any elements that I want to customize using this WYSIWYG editor, or "What You See Is What You Get" - that is what WYSIWYG stands for. So it is a What You See Is What You Get HTML editor, and these are some of the most common functions I'll need to be using, so for example, I can enter the text that I want here, and I can click on Bold to make the text bold, etc. And if I wanna see even more options, I can actually click on this one here that says, "Show more options." So now I even have much more HTML editing options. So it really depends on how complicated you want your newsletters to be.

Now, most importantly here, I'm going to enter a subject, and I wanna customize this email to actually put in the name of the subscriber over here, so I'm going to click on Personalize, and from the drop-down menu here, I can either enter the Full name, First name, or Last name. So I'm just going to use the first name only in this instance, and you can see that the variables or the code that will automatically display the first name has been entered into this section here.

Now, I can scroll down some more, and if I have a Google Analytics, I can click on Add Google Analytics tracking to this email address, and of course you need to enter that information of the Google Analytics into your account settings.

And if I wanna track the clicks that are generated from this email, I can also click on Track click-throughs on your link. But again, this depends on the type of account you have; in this example, I'm just using a free account. Okay? And then when I'm done, I can click on Next Step.

Okay, and I see an error message here from GetResponse, saying that the 'Plain text content cannot be empty'. You see, what happens here is that I want to send out the HTML version of my email. However, not all email programs, and not all email users actually support, or have turned on the HTML email function. So if you send an email only in HTML and you do not enter the plain text version of it, if someone has disabled HTML in the email service, then they would see a completely blank email. So I may want to enter some text here, and then when I'm done with that, I can just go to the next step.

And now you have to choose the recipients. So this is very simple. Unless you wanna add the context manually, most probably you'll just select All Context, okay? And if you want to save this particular template and settings, so that you can reuse it later on, just enter Name here and click on Save. Okay?

So now, it has been saved as a test Ezine, and the contact recipients group has also been saved as test Ezine, okay? And then I'm gonna click on Next Step.

And in the final step, I can either choose to send this newsletter immediately, or I can choose to set the actual time I want to send it, too. And you can see the calendar opens up here, so I can select a date - for example, tomorrow; and I can also select a time, time zone that I'm in; I can even just change the time over here, right? Okay. And then, finally, if I wanna share this on Twitter, I can enter my Twitter login and Twitter password by clicking on this to activate this box here, and if you want to keep track of all the emails or all the Ezines or newsletters you've sent out to your subscribers and you wanna publish it in an RSS format where subscribers can also view your previous Ezines, then make sure you check this option here - Publish in RSS feed. And then click on Next Step.

So here it says, "Congratulations! Your message has been scheduled for delivery." Now, it says "scheduled for delivery" simply because I chose to send this particular Ezine tomorrow; not right away. So if you choose to send an Ezine right away, then your email message would be sent right away, and you can actually go to the newsletter history page to see all the Ezine that you have sent out.

And that's how easy it is to create an HTML Ezine from GetResponse.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to sign up for Twitter and how to use Twitter to market your online business. Now, if you haven't already heard about Twitter, then let me explain basically what it is. Twitter is a social media or social networking service that is based on short messages that you can send to your followers, and that your followers can send to you. And why this is very, very important for your online business is because there are millions of Twitter users actively talking about various things online, and if you can get them to talk about your business to send out a tweet about your online business, then you can increase your profits substantially.

Now, if you go to www.twitter.com and you'll be able to look at the home page, which is very simple actually, but most importantly, at this section here at the bottom here, you can see the popular topics by minute, day, and week. So the first line here is the most popular topics being talked about in Twitter for the current minute, and below that is the most popular topics for the current day. In this case, it's the 27th of March. And right below that is the popular topics for the month. So you can see consistently that there are certain popular topics, right? That appear both in the most popular topics of the minute and also the day and sometimes also for the past week. So you can always browse through these topics, and this is good indication of current trends and basically what are the hot topics online right now.

But now, we wanna create a Twitter account. So click on Sign Up Now. So basically, the signup process is very simple. What you need to do is put in your full name, your username, password, and your email address. Next, make sure you let others to find you by your email address. So if someone knows your email address, then they can just search for your account on to the dot com and add you to the list of people that they are following.

Finally, you can have a look at your Terms of Service and then click on Create My Account. So before your account can be created, you'll be presented with a captcha code which basically tries to determine if you are an actual human being or simply a computer program trying to access Twitter. So make sure that you get this correct, and I'm going to type in the word as I see it here, and then I'm gonna click on Finish.

And then you'll probably get a confirmation email sent to your email address, and once you confirm your email address, then your Twitter account should be active. So this is actually not a brand-new Twitter account; this is just a demo Twitter account that I've created much earlier.

So I'm gonna show you the basic idea of using Twitter, is that you can post any message here to let your followers know what's happening in your life or in your business, as long as it is not more than 140 characters long. So let me give you an example. So here, I posted a very simple message: "Wow, recording video tutorials can be really time consuming!" And you can see that I have 80 characters left with which I can continue type a longer sentence if I want to, and I have maximum 80 left, but this pretty much does it, so I'm gonna click on Tweet.

And now, you can see my latest message appears here in my own profile, as well as in the profile of people who are following me, and on my profile page, you can see that I'm also following roughly about 20 people. So any updates posted by those people appear on my Twitter home page and can be seen by anyone who happens to be viewing my profile page at the moment. So that's the basic idea of how to use Twitter; it's basically a tool that allows you to communicate very short messages about what's happening now to a list of people who may be following you.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to put URL or website links into your Twitter post. Now, of course, this is very easy to do, but since Twitter limits each tweet message to just 140 characters, so therefore, if you copy, for example, a URL to this particular article from New York Times, and let's say I paste the entire link into here. So what happens is that now, I only have 79 characters left for which I can compose a message. And this is really a waste of space because naturally, you'd want to put more text into here, perhaps to explain what this article is about, and have the link become as short as possible.

So to do that, what you really need to do is use a URL shortening service. There are a lot of such services online on the Internet, but let me give you two very popular ones. The first is bit.ly. And to get to this site, you just type in bit.ly. That's it; there's no.com, etc.; it's just bit.ly. So let's paste that link earlier into here, and click on Shorten.

Okay - so now you get this very, very short URL which will in fact redirect to the actual URL of the New York Times article that you've seen earlier. And another popular service that has been around for a very long time is tinyurl.com. So let's try that; I'm gonna paste the original URL into here and click on Make TinyURL. Okay, and this is the very tiny URL that we get using this service; so now, I'm going to go back to Twitter, and instead the long URL, I'm just gonna paste a very short one. Okay? So you can see that I still have 114 characters left, so what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna paste the title of the article into here; okay, and I'm gonna put a space between the title and the URL, and you can see that I still have 57 characters left.  So when I'm pretty much certain of the title - I'm gonna put title here - and especially if you are actually redirecting this link to your own website, so you want the title to be as compelling as possible, so you can actually have a lot more space to put a very compelling and interesting title instead of a very long URL. And then just click on Tweet...alright, and now, you can see the entire new tweet message that I have here; this is the text that I wanna use, and this is the very, very short version of the URL. So what happens when someone clicks on this URL is they get taken to the very same article that I showed you earlier.

So that's how easy it is to start putting URLs, or website links, into your Twitter messages.

In this second video about using Twitter.com, I'm gonna show you how to start following people who you may want to listen to or who you may want to keep track of and also how to do several simple Twitter commands like creating a list, retweets, and mentions, etc.

So the first thing you can do is find people to follow. And also, of course, you want people to follow you, but generally speaking, until you start following some people, probably no one is gonna follow you. Now, if you have a blog or a popular site, then you can just put your Twitter profile link on your blog or site and get people to click on that, and they may eventually follow you. But I'm gonna show you how to follow people, assuming that you don't know anyone and you don't know any friends of yours that use Twitter, etc. then really the easiest way is to just search for your friend's name or email address...I'm just gonna type in 'John'...keep it generic; okay, so this is my search results over here. Now, it will return any post with the word 'John' in it. So this is really a pretty much untargeted way, but I'm just showing you an example here.

So let's look at some of these people here. Now, this is the username of this particular person - pokergames247. So I'm gonna click on that. Alright? And I can see that this person's name is Kim Johnson; well, this may not be the real name, but anyway, this is the name listed here - Kim Johnson from Los Angeles - and there's also a website URL over here.

Now, I'm gonna click on Follow to follow this particular person. Okay. So now, I started following, and you can see that it says here, I started following this person. But when you start following more people in Twitter, you may end up with a lot of followers, so that makes it pretty difficult for you to browse through different followers...different people that you are following, to actually get to the messages that you really want to read.

So the easiest way to solve that is to create a list. Now, lists lets you segment your Twitter followers and also the people that you're following in Twitter. So let me create a new list...okay? So I've created a new list, and you can see that this new list is accessible via @your actual name or your actual username/poker. I can give you a description if I want to, and then I can choose to make it public or private. And I'm gonna click on Create List.

Okay, so you can see, I've created a list here, which is "poker", and I can click on that list to get all the latest updates from anyone that I have assigned to that particular list. And in fact, if I go back to my home page or my profile page, now I can see the new list that I've just created over here.

So you can even do this for existing people that you're following. And I'm gonna assign all these guys to different lists. Okay? So I can see my existing list, 'Poker', but I can also create a new list...let me call this 'Music'...create that, and now, this person is assigned to the list, 'Music'. Now that really helps me to manage all the information that's coming on my Twitter home page, because what you get eventually when you end up following a lot of people, and also when a lot of people start following you is that you get a lot of noise on your main Twitter profile page. So this really helps you to keep your sanity and also helps you to access the different categories of information very easily.

In this third video, I'm going to show you how to use some of the most common functions in your Twitter account, which is simply the Reply, the Retweet, and also the Favorites functions. Now, the Favorites function is pretty straightforward. If you find a particular tweet or a particular newest message that you like, you can just click on the star icon here and when the star lights up, it means that you have added this to your list of favorites. Now, let me just do the same thing for a couple of posts here, and when I wanna access my favorites, I can just click on favorites, and it shows me all the items that I have listed as my Favorites, and I can always uncheck any as I want to.

Now, let's go back to the main profile page. Now, let's look at a function called Reply. Now, of course, Twitter is a social networking, social media communication tool, so messages aren't really created one way. Of course, someone puts up the tweet, or the initial message, but you can always reply to that message. So for example, I'm gonna reply to the message from BreakingNews, okay? So I'm just gonna click on Reply. And you can see the format that Twitter uses. So if I'm going to reply to someone or mention someone, I can just put '@' followed by the exact user ID of that person. Okay? So if you don't know how to do that, then the easiest way is to just look for the message that you wanna reply to and click on Reply.

And now, I'm gonna type in a message here, okay, and when I'm done, I'm gonna click on 'Tweet'. So here, you can see the initial tweet message, and this is my reply to this particular user. Now, if you actually mouse over on the user ID here, then you can see that I'm following this person, alright? And I can also just either choose to Unfollow This Person, Block, Report as Spam, or Mention BreakingNews. Now, Mention is another feature in Twitter; is that instead of having to reply to someone's initial message, you can publicly actually mention that particular person, and...let me just click on that. Okay? So the format is pretty much the same, alright? '@' and followed by the user ID, but this is not a reply to someone's original twitter message. Instead, this is a new message I'm sending out, that is directed to this guy.

Okay? Okay, so now, you can see my reply over here, and my mention over here. So it may take you some time to get used to these things; after all, it pretty much looks the same, doesn't it? But let me get to one of the more powerful features in Twitter itself, which is the retweet. Now, the retweet is basically you promoting or spreading a message or a tweet done by another user. Instead of having to type out the exact same piece of information or the exact tweet yourself, you can just retweet someone else's tweet message.

For example, let's take this message over here. So if I find this interesting enough, and I wanna share this with my list of followers, I can just click on Retweet. And it says, "Do you want to retweet to your followers?" And just click on "Yes". And to check which are the newest pieces or the tweets that I have chosen to retweet, I can just click on Retweets, and first of all, I'll be able to see the retweets by others, and in this section here, I can see the retweets by me. So this is a really popular and also very powerful feature in Twitter, is if you actually post, for example, BreakingNews, or the latest news, or a link to a very important resource, or simply a very funny Twitter message, that it can get actually retweeted by all the followers in your list, and also retweeted by perhaps all the followers in your followers' lists, and it can actually get you pretty much a lot of viral traffic from Twitter.com itself.

So retweets, replies, etc. are really useful features that you should take advantage of in your Twitter account, instead of just posting new messages and the leaving. You should find a way to communicate with other Twitter users and use the Twitter functions to maximize the traffic that you can get to your websites.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to embed a Twitter post into your WordPress blog post. This is only possible with WordPress version 3.4 and above, and you don't need any special plugins to do it.

All you need to do is log in to your WordPress dashboard. Go to Posts, and click on Add New Post. Or you can also edit an existing post. So I'm just gonna give the post a title and as usual, you'll enter the content that you want. Now, if you are in visual mode, then make sure you change back to HTML mode. Okay? Alright?

And now, you need to get the Twitter that you want to use. So when you log in to your Twitter account, you will see all the Twitter updates here. However, the URL for an individual Twitter post is this link here - Expand. So if you click on this link, click 'Open in a new tab', and you will see the individual URL for this particular Twitter post. So all you need to do is copy that. You can also copy like this...just right-click, and copy link address. And now, make sure you are in HTML mode, you're going to paste the Twitter status update here. And it must be in a line by itself. So you'll continue the content...okay, so now let's click on Save Draft, and I'm gonna click Preview; let's take a look at the Twitter embed.

So this is how the Twitter embed will look like in your WordPress blog, and it's not an image; it's actually a live data from Twitter itself whereby your readers can actually click here - can click Follow, or they can click Reply and Retweet directly from your WordPress blog.

So that's how easy it is to embed a Twitter post into your WordPress blog.

In this video, I'm going to show you how you can set up your own Facebook application and integrate that application into your WordPress blog. Now the reason we want to do that is to display some of Facebook's sharing features or functionality on your blog itself. Let me give you an example, now this is Mashable.com, perhaps the most popular blog or website in regards to social media and also Web 2.0, businesses and Web 2.0 technology.

So now, if you look at a single post here, you would see the Facebook Share button, and you can see that this blog post has been shared 3,505 times. That is a lot of additional traffic from other people's Facebook accounts. Now, don't forget that this, although this blog post has been shared 3,500 times, it doesn't mean that it has reached 3,500 users. Each of these 3,500 users may have about 200; 2,000 friends, which all of course, also see whatever that you share, so this is tremendous traffic potential.

And the next small, little widget we see here is the Facebook Like button. Now this is starting to pop up on all kinds of websites, on all kinds of applications all over the Internet. How this works is like, well, it's pretty simple actually, if you like this page then just click on Like. Alright? And now it says that you have liked this page, so let me check my Facebook profile, I'm going to refresh the profile…and actually I need to click on my wall over here. This really depends on how you set up your Facebook account, but in any case, it should appear under the News Feed and also on your wall. So now you see, John likes Google's Pacman logo, etc., etc., this is the blog post title, from Mashable earlier, so you can see the tremendous power of having these two small widgets on your WordPress blog. You can really use Facebook and capitalize on Facebook's traffic and redirect some of the traffic onto your own WordPress blog.

Now, in your WordPress dashboard, if you search for Facebook, you'll find tons and tons of Facebook plugins, but the ones that we are looking for is called Simple Facebook Connect. This is really a complete Facebook plugin system that enables you all kinds of functionality with your basic account and your WordPress blog. So I'm going to type in Simple Facebook Connect and click on Search.

Okay, so you can see Simple Facebook Connect over here, and I'm going to click on Install…and of course, make sure that any plugin you install is compatible to the WordPress version that you are using. Click on Install Now.

Once it has been installed, I can just click on Activate Plugin. Now, there's a very high chance that you would get an error message that says something like this, 'The base SFC plugin must be activated before this plugin will run.' Now, don't panic if you see this error message, just go back, go to plugins and click on Installed. Now this Simple Facebook Connect plugin is a bit different than other WordPress plugins, in the sense that it's actually a plugin that contains many other smaller plugins. So it's a collection of plugins.

So, as you can see here, from a single install of SFC or Simple Facebook Connect, I have actually installed several plugins over here, and there are about ten different plugins. So, I need to activate the base plugin first. Okay? And it says here - Base, so this is the one that I need to activate, first of all, so I'm going to click on Activate. Now it says 'Simple Facebook Connect needs configuration information or Settings page. Plugin activated.' Okay? So, the plugin has been activated, but I need to click on Settings, to set up the SFC or Simple Facebook Connect plugin.

Okay, so now the key ingredients of making this work is to have a Facebook application and to get your Facebook application a key. So if you already have a Facebook application that you've created before for your blog and then you can just log in to Facebook and get that secret key. But assuming you are starting from scratch, you need to look at this section where it says, 'Haven't created an application yet?' Okay. So, the first step is to go to this link to create your application, so just click on Facebook Connect Setup…and now to create an application, you need to enter your site name, site URL, and select your language, which in most cases would be US, so let me fill this up, and when you're done, just click on Create Application. And now it says, 'Invalid url', Invalid URL over here, well…Facebook very often changes things around a lot so sometimes the process may have changed, but if you cannot create an application just by clicking on Facebook Connect Setup, then you can just go to the Facebook application list page, and you can see My Applications... "You have no applications. Create one." So I can either create one here or set up in the applications, it's the same link. And I'm going to start with my application name. I'm going to agree to the Facebook Terms of Service and Create Application.

Okay, so I've created my application and now I have my application ID, my API key, and also my secret key. So this is all the three information that you gotta pay attention to, and it's required over here, so: Facebook API Key, Application Secret, and Facebook Application ID. So I'm going to copy that…

Put it here, copy the secret key, put it here…I'm sorry, there goes the API key, okay, can get a bit confusing, so, make sure you copy the correct codes...and secret key, paste. Okay, now, in the section below this, a column for Facebook Fan page. Now, before Facebook applications became the standard way of integrating the WordPress blog to Facebook, a lot of business owners created Fan Pages. Now with an application, Fan pages are actually part of an application, so if you have an older version of the Fan Page, you can also put in the Fan Page URL over here, and otherwise you can just scroll to the bottom, click on Save Changes.

Okay, so that's how you create a Facebook application and to connect that application to your WordPress blog. In the following videos, I'm going to show you how to add a Facebook Fan Box or a Facebook Like Box as it is called now, and also some other Facebook widgets to your WordPress blog, how to customize your Facebook application and how to promote your new Facebook application.

In the previous video, I showed you how to create a Facebook application and how to connect that new application to your WordPress blog. Now in this video, I'm going to show you how to customize your new application to make it more appealing and also to make it more useful. Now, the first thing that you'd want to do is give your application a description. So if this application is solely for your WordPress blog, then you may as well, in the Description field here, so, some interesting information about why someone should read your blog or subscribe to your blog.

Okay, so this is a small blurb here that you can customize to whatever you want. Now, an important thing to remember when editing your Facebook application page is to save regularly, because when I click on the other links here, unfortunately, I'm going to a new page and whatever I haven't saved is just lost. So, I'm going to scroll to the bottom and click on Save Changes.

Okay, so changes have been saved, and I'm going to click on Edit Settings again, and back to the page I was before, and now I'm going to put in an icon and a logo for my application. Now of course, this is not a Photoshop tutorial, so I can't teach you how to create your own icon or to create your own logo, but assuming that you already have your icon and your logo, so I'm just going to click on 'Change your icon', okay, and it says 'You can upload a JPEG, GIF, or a PNG file'. And the image, the optimal size of the icon image should be 16 by 16 pixels, so I'm going to look for one.

And in this case, I'm just going to use some social media icon, in this example, a Google buzz icon, because I don't really have an icon for this. Okay, and click on "...certify that I have the right to distribute this photo and that it is not pornography." And upload a new icon.

Alright, so you can see my icon here, okay, now remember to save the changes regularly, and go to the Edit Settings page again, and now we can upload a logo, alright, so this logo is actually more prominent, it appears on your Fan Box, it appears on your main application page, etc., so I'm going to click on Change Logo, and the same as before, the file types are the same, but now your image should be about 75 x 75 pixels.

Okay, so I don't have one that fits the exact size; I'm just going to select one of the Google buzz icons I have in my computer, and click on Upload. And okay, so now you can see my logo over here and my icon. I'm going to click on Save Changes, alright, and I now...my logo looks terrible because it is not 75 x 75 pixels, so make sure if you don't want your images to look stretched out of this that you comply to the height and recommended width for your applications. Go to Edit Settings again, and now some of the more important settings, of course, you are the main developer of this application but for safety purposes, I always recommend that you add some of your other friends as your co-developers as well. Okay? Just in case you accidentally remove yourself from this application, or if Facebook removes you from this application, then you can still have some level of control if you have added other developers. Okay, so, this is a test profile, I don't really have much friends here, so I'm gonna skip this step...and the main developer contact email, make sure that this is a valid email, and the User Support Address. Now, this is what Facebook gives your application users if they have some kind of issue or if their application is not working, okay? So if you have a support desk URL, you can put in that URL here. I'm going to just leave this as email, and the bookmark URL. This can be anything you want, actually, but since you want this application to work in your WordPress blog, I am going to put in my WordPress blog URL.

And similarly, you can fill up the next three fields as well, with the Help URL for any other websites that you want the user to go to, the Privacy URL, and also your Terms of Service URL. Okay, so, I'm going to click on Save Changes…and, okay, it says, "Validation failed. Bookmark URL must be relative to your Canvas URL, Connect URL, or Base Domain.' Alright, so this is geek talk over here; I have no idea what it means, but I do understand base domain, and if you have not specified your base domain, you can just go to Connect, okay, and Facebook Connect Settings, alright. So you can put in a Connect URL and an Account Preview URL, but most importantly, the base domain over here, and click on Save Changes.

Okay, so that's basically how you customize your Facebook application, and you can see now I have a logo, I also have an icon, and all the stats say zero at the moment, but in the next video, I will teach you how to actually add some of the Facebook widgets to your WordPress blog to get more fans and also more users to your Facebook application.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to add the Facebook Like button, and also the Facebook share button to your WordPress blog. Assuming, of course, you've already installed the Simple Facebook Connect WordPress plugin. Then just click on Plugin, click on Installed, and if you remember, the SFC or the Simple Facebook Connect plugin actually contains other smaller plugins as well for each individual Facebook function. So I'm gonna look for the Facebook SFC Share button - I'm gonna activate that - and then I'm gonna look for the Facebook Like button, and I'm gonna activate that as well.

Once both these plugins have been activated, I can just click on Settings, and click on Simple Facebook Connect. And now, if I scroll down...okay, so I'll be able to see the Like button settings, and also the Share button settings. So by default, the Like button will show after the content of your post. So let's say, for example, you want it to appear before the content of your post, okay? And then you can also choose the Like button layout, the standard button, or the button with counter, and you can also choose the text to display on the button. You know, either display Like, or you can display Recommend.

If I scroll to the bottom, under Share Button Settings, again, I can choose to display the Share button before the content of my post, or after the content of my post. And also, maybe before and after. Or I can choose to manually add in this particular code into my theme or on my WordPress post where I want the Share button to appear.

Next, you can select the Share button type. And you can actually see a preview of how your Facebook Share button will look like. By default, it is the Box Count, which basically shows how many times your post has been shared. Now, I can also change it to the Button Count, and this is a much more compact look with the Facebook share link here, and the amount of times it has been shared. So then, I can just click on Save Changes.

Okay, so now, let's take a look at the actual blog post itself. I'm gonna refresh this, and you can see the Facebook Like button over here. So the Facebook Like button actually tries to track if you are currently logged in to your Facebook account, and if your friends in your Facebook account have also clicked on the Like button. So this is what happens when someone clicks on the Like button. There'll be a pop-up window that appears here, and all you need to do is log in to your Facebook account. If they are already logged in to their Facebook account when they visit this particular blog post, then they will also be able to see their friends' names over here and they can just directly click on Like and this blog URL will be posted to their Facebook profile page.

Now, let's take a look at the button again. I'm gonna change some settings here; I'm just going to choose Button with counter, and I'm gonna Save Changes. And now I can see it's just a very compact Like button that does not display other users from your profile or your friends who have also clicked on Like for this particular blog post.

Now, I'm going to change it back to Standard, but this time, I'm gonna change the text from Like to Recommend. And then I'm gonna click on Save Changes.

Okay, so instead of 'Like', you now have 'Recommend'. And those are just some of the simple things you can do with your Facebook Like button, and this is a very simple but important tool to connect your WordPress blog to your Facebook account and to get traffic to your blog from your Facebook profile page, and also your friends' profile pages.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to display the Facebook Fan Box widget in your WordPress site. So the first thing you need to do is, of course, make sure that you have installed the Simple Facebook Connect WordPress plugin, which actually contains all these other smaller plugins as well. Now, I'm gonna look for the SFC Fan Box widget. I'm going to activate that.

Once the plugin has been activated, I can just go to Settings, and click on Simple Facebook Connect. If you scroll down, okay, you'll see the Fan Box Settings, and there's not much settings here, actually, that you can customize. The only thing you can do is enter your own Fan Box Custom Css. Okay.

Now, I'm going to click on Appearance, and go to Widgets. And in the Widget area, you should be able to see a Facebook Fan Box SFC. So I'm just going to resize this window so you can see exactly what's happening...okay. So all I need to do is click on the Facebook Fan Box SFC, drag it, and drop it to the exact location where I want the Fan Box to go. And I can choose to show the Facebook logo bar; I can also choose to show all the latest wall posts or stories for my Facebook application I've created earlier. I can limit the number of fans to show the width of the widget and also the height of the widget. So I recommend that you leave the height as "O" to make it automatically resize itself based on the number of fans that you are showing in your widget. Okay? So I'm just gonna give it a title, and click on Save.

Now, let's preview the blog. Okay, so you can see the actual Facebook widget itself over here. And as more and more people click on the Like button here, you would be able to see the pictures appear at the bottom here, I'm gonna show you an example...so this is the extremely popular Mashable blog. I'm just gonna scroll down right here, and you can see, you have the exact same thing with the logo and the Like button, and it shows how many fans you have who have clicked on this Like button, and also they are images or thumbnails from their profile pages.

So this is how your Fan Box widget would look like once several users have clicked on the Like button. And that's how easy it is to connect your Facebook to your WordPress blog, and start to actually connect with the individual users who visit your blog, and it really gives you an opportunity to see, to put a face to the website visitors themselves, and perhaps you can also add them as friends if you haven't already have that ****03:43 friends list, you can just add them as friends in your Facebook account, and really have a good chance of connecting with them and turning them into loyal blog subscribers, and probably even loyal customers.

In this video, I'm going to show you how to promote your new Facebook application. Now, of course, you can also connect your Facebook application to your WordPress blog, and your websites, you'll also get some traffic that way, and you'll also get some people who click on the Like button, etc., but really, you can just simply promote your application within your Facebook account itself.

Now, the first way of doing that, of course, is to click on Promote with an Ad. And of course, Facebook wants to encourage you to use their advertising system. So, by default, you'd have your application ID here, okay? So you can post and add directly to your application within Facebook or you can choose to advertise a web page instead. And then you can put in the title of the ad as you'll see here; and also some body text, and an image, which is optional but highly recommended if you wanna get more attention to your Facebook ad itself. And then click on Continue.

Next, you can target the users by the country, the state, province, or even by city. So if you have a very local blog or local business and you only wanna target people within a certain...miles, radius...of a particular city, you can enter the city name in here, for example, New York, New York. Okay?

And if you look at the right section, Facebook will actually give you an estimate of how many people you can reach, based on your settings here. So if I delete New York and target 'entire United States'...so, potentially, I can reach 113 million people who live in the United States, are 18 years old and above, and who are not already connected to my application name. So this is very important - your ad will not show to people who have already connected to your application either directly or via Facebook, or via your WordPress blog.

And then you can further target users by Demographics, alright? You can target a certain age group of people, you can target men, women, or just about everyone else...alright? And you can also target people by interest. So if you have a very specific blog, let's say, investing, okay? So all I need to do is type in the first 4 characters and Facebook will give me all the matches based on what users have entered in their Likes and Interests column in their own profiles. So I can select Investing, Investment, Investment Banking...okay? So let's say my blog targets people who wanna invest money in any type of investment program, and click on Continue.

Next, I can select my account currency, my time zone, and I can give my campaign a name, and also the daily budget. Then I can schedule my ad. Okay? I can run my ad continuously or I can run my ad during specified dates, okay? I'm gonna click on 'Run my ad continuously...' and then Facebook would give you a bid suggestion, so in this case, they suggest that I pay $1.09 per click. Alright? But if I don't wanna pay that amount, of course, $1.09 is the estimated bid price to get the first spot in the Facebook ads. But I can always set a different bid, and I can choose to enter %0.50, for example...alright, and click on Review Ad.

Okay, so here, you can see my ad preview, this is exactly how it will look like in Facebook, actually, and I can also just rename it if I want to. It shows me how I'm targeting, and my cost per click, and the budget per day, and how long this ad will run. And then of course, you have to put in your credit card information over here, place an order, and your ads will be running in a very short time. But let's go back to the application page earlier.

Before you actually put up an ad, you may want to recommend your application to people who are already in your friend list. And to do that, although Facebook wants you to buy ads with them, so they put this above everything else, but right below that, is Suggest to Friends. So once you click on Suggest to Friends, you can see all the friends who are in your Facebook profile. Now, the only thing is Facebook doesn't make it easy for you to send to everyone with just a click of a button. It allows you to segregate by networks or groups, so if you have already done that, then that's great; but otherwise, you need to click on the individual users, and you'll see this icon appears here, which basically means that you've selected them, and I can click on the next person as well, and then click on Send Invitations. And it says that my invitation has been sent.

So that is the second method. And there's a third method here - if you scroll down, you can actually share this application to your Facebook profile page itself. And this is perhaps the simplest way to do it, because everyone who is subscribed to your News Feed or reads your profile page will be able to see the application.

Now let me go back to my profile page, alright? And you can see the schedule that I just did here. So those are three simple ways you can promote your application and also get more viewers to your WordPress blog.

In this video, we're going to take a look at another useful social media tool that you can embed to your WordPress blog called Meebo. And you can find this at Meebo.com. So Meebo is basically a service that allows you to combine your instant messaging services and also your social media networks like Facebook, Twitter, etc. into one centralized user interface. Now, although you can explore the actual purpose of Meebo itself, in this video, we're just gonna focus on what is called the Meebo Bar.

So I'm gonna show you how this bar works. Now, this is an example of a blog using the Meebo Bar. So if you look at the bottom of the screen here, this is how the bar looks like. And it enables any of your blog visitors to instantly share your website content to the popular social media services like Facebook, Twitter, etc., and in fact, you can directly post a Like in Facebook; you can also post Digg, and you can also Stumble it here. So I'm gonna click on Share Page; I'm gonna show you what happens. So instantly, the entire screen is blanked out right now -transparent black color over the entire content of your blog...and you can see all these icons here: Facebook, Twitter, Google Buzz, Yahoo! and also to email directly. Okay?

So on your right, you would see some of the chat options. So if you're currently using Google Talk, Facebook chat, AIM, or MySpace IM, then you can also share this blog's content directly to your instant messenger. So what happens when someone, for example, clicks on Twitter? It will open up a new window directly to your Twitter account, and you can see the blog name here, and the actual URL of the blog automatically shortened using the default URL shortening service.

Now with the Meebo Bar installed on your site, however, users will also be able to share images. For example, take the image of WordPress here, if I put my mouse over it, and now you can see an icon here that says 'drag to share'. See, if I just drag this a little bit, and you see the same window pop up again, but I can share this image to Facebook, Twitter, Google Buzz, Yahoo! etc. So let me just put it to Google Buzz, and let's see what happens.

Okay, so you can see it opens up a new window directly to Google Buzz, and you can see the blog post itself over here, alright? And...oh, some of the links here, and also the image that you shared earlier. And in the next video, I'm going to show you how to actually install the Meebo Bar to your WordPress in the form of a WordPress plugin, and how to add additional services - for example, Digg, Stumble Upon, etc. to your Meebo Bar.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to install the Meebo Bar to your WordPress blog. Now, first of all, you need to have a Meebo account. Now, you can always connect via Facebook, you can connect via your Yahoo! email or Windows Live, or AIM, but I recommend that you just go ahead and create a Meebo account, anyway. Okay, so I've entered my email address, and my full name over here, and I'm going to click on Register.

In Step 2 of the registration process, you'd be asked to create a Meebo ID and also a password to be able to log in to the site. And then you'll be asked for some demographic information - are you male or female...okay, put in your age...and then click on Finish.

So once you have registered, you'll be taken directly to the Meebo website itself where you can add some of your networks, Facebook...for example, Google Talk, MySpace, etc. but you don't need to add in all the services in order to use the Meebo Bar on your WordPress blog. What you need to do is make sure that you receive the Meebo registration confirmation email in your email account, and verify your account by clicking on the verification email over here.

Once you've verified your email address, you need to go to bar.meebo.com, or you can just go to the Meebo website and you can see the Meebo Bar information down here. Click on Learn More. And on this page, you can read a brief overview of the Meebo Bar, and then click on Get It Now. And on the registration page, you can skip the user registration since you have already registered, and just click on 'Already have a Meebo account?' Then you can just put in your Meebo ID and your Meebo password here, and agree to the terms of the Meebo Bar, and click on Continue.

In the next step, you'll be asked for your site name and site URL. So once you've entered these two information here, you can just click on Continue. Okay, so now, you have successfully registered for your Meebo Bar. And to install the Meebo Bar, look for the WordPress icon here, and it says, 'I have a WordPress site that I host myself (not on WordPress.com)'. So yes, important to remember that this will not work if you're using a WordPress.com free blog. It will only work on self-hosted WordPress sites. So I'm gonna click on that, and basically, you get the instructions here on how to install the Meebo plugin for WordPress.

So I'm just gonna click on Meebo for WordPress...and you can see that now, I'll be prompted to save the Meebo plugin in a Zip format to my computer. So I'm gonna save it, okay? So once I've saved the Zip file itself, I'm going to log into my WordPress blog, the same URL that I registered for the Meebo Bar earlier, and I'm gonna click on Add New Plugins...this time, I'm gonna click on Upload. And then I'm gonna select the Zip file that I downloaded earlier by clicking on Browse. And then I'm gonna click on Install Now.

Okay, so it says that the plugin has been successfully installed and I can activate the plugin by clicking on Activate Plugin. Once the plugin has been activated, to get to the Plugins Settings page, you can click on Settings and you should see the settings page for Meebo Bar. So you can just click on that, and the Settings page is really simple; it contains your Network ID, which you should not change.

So let's take a look at our blog. Now at the bottom of this window, you can see the Meebo Bar installed. But as you can see, by default, it only has one button, which is Share Page. And if I click on Share Page, you'd see these sharing options as usual, and also on the left-hand corner is another button to start chatting with your friends on Meebo, AIM, Google Talk, etc.

But in the next video, I'm going to show you how to add more custom buttons over here to your Meebo Bar.

In this video, I'm gonna show you how to customize your Meebo Bar by adding more social network buttons directly to the bar itself. Once you've installed the Meebo Bar plugin for WordPress, you can just click on Settings, and look for the Meebo Bar Settings page. If you click on that, then you will see a field here for Custom Button Code. And right below that, you'll see text here that says, "You can learn more about custom buttons at the Meebo Dashboard." So again, you can just click on this to log in to your Meebo dashboard, and just as like you did before, look for the WordPress icon and click on this link for self-hosted WordPress sites. If you scroll to the bottom, you will see a link that says 'Next'. So you should click on that link, okay?

So now it says, "Congratulations! You've completed the basic steps to getting Meebo on your site." And right below that, you will see, "Now it's time to customize your Meebo Bar...go to my Button Settings," so click on that.

And now, you can see all the available buttons and you can also add your own buttons, which I will give you a brief overview of how to do that later on, but let's look at the default buttons already available to typical user. For example, I may want to put in the Twitter button over here; I'm gonna just drag that, and drop it on the Bar preview. Okay, so once I've dropped that, you will see an Options link appear. So I'm going to click on the Options link...and there's only one option field at the moment, which is the Search query.

So it says here that "For tweets from one person, enter from:username. You can also enter hashtags, like..." the hashtag given here. So I'm just gonna copy this...I'm gonna paste it here, and I'm going to replace the username with my actual Twitter account ID, which, in this case, I actually have a test Twitter account - so I'm going to put it in here, and you click on Save.

And next, I of course probably want to drag the Facebook Like button, and drag it here, and drop it here, and then click on Options...so the only option here is a Like URL. So it says here, "By default, the Like button will refer to the current page. Enter a URL here if you'd like it to point to a different page instead." So you don't really need to enter a different URL, just click on Cancel, and similarly, I'm just going to drag Stumble Upon...and also a Digg This button. Okay.

So of course, you can also rearrange the order of these buttons; depends on which service that you use the most. If you only want icons to appear, then you can click on this link, or click icon-only state. And you'll see only the icons here. Once you're satisfied with how your Bar looks like, you can click on Push settings to live bar.

Okay, so now it says here, "Your code has been updated and will be visible on your bar within the next 15 minutes. Remember to clear your browser's cache."

Next, you can just scroll to the top here and click on Site Settings. So you can modify your site name here if you want, and you can allow users to minimize the bar. In most cases, you probably wouldn't want to allow them to minimize the bar, but it does make sense because the bar can sometimes get in the way of the user actually looking at content on your blog. So if you want to allow users to minimize the bar, just allow this option here, and then you can just scroll and click on Save Changes.

If you want to use the Meebo Bar on more than one blog, then you can just click on Domain Settings, and you can add in your new domain name here. And then you can just scroll to the bottom and click Save Changes. Okay, so now let's look at the Before and After versions of the Meebo Bar - this is how it looked like before I added the buttons, and now let me refresh the page, and it still looks the same, because actually, you have to wait for a while, for about 15 minutes...so I'm just going to show you an example on a different blog.

Okay, so this is an example on a different blog, and you can see the Stumble It! button, Like, Digg, and any other button that you add earlier should appear here in the order that you arranged them.

So that's how easy it is to customize your Meebo Bar and actually get more out of social media sites from your WordPress blog.